THE 



EXAMINER 



OR 



T E A C H E R'S A I D. 



DESIGNED TO 

ASSIST CANDIDATES FOR TEACHERS' CERTIFICATES IN PREPARING 
FOR EXAMINATION ; 

ALSO 

PUPILS IN REVIEWING THEIR STUDIES, TEACHERS IN EXAMINING 

THEIR CLASSES, AND NORMAL SCHOOLS AND TEACHERS' 

INSTITUTES, IN CLASS AND DRILL EXERCISE? 



By ALEXANDER DUNCAN, A. M., 

LATE SUPERINTENDENT OF PUBLIC SCHOOLS, NEWARK 



CINCINNATI: 
SARGENT, WILSON & H INKLE. 

:,^EW YORK : CLARK & MAYNARD. 



11^ LIBRARY OF (^ONGRESS. I 






O fi/t tf'r lf//t f ' ^:^- \ <i. 



<#Li3'nbi 



f*UN'ITEi) STATUS Of AMUKTCA.^ 






1 



a 



THE 



EXAMINER 



OR 



T E A C H E R'S A I D. 

DESIGNED TO 

ASSIST PUPILS IN REVIEWING THEIR STUDIES; 

ALSO 

TEACHERS IN EXAMINING THEIR CLASSES, AND NORMAL 

SCHOOLS AND TEACHERS' INSTITUTES IN CLASS 

AND DRILL EXERCISES. 



BY 
ALEXANDER DUNCAN, A. M., 

liATE SUPERINTENDENT OF PUBLIC SCHOOLS, NEWAEK, 



REVISED EDITION. 



CINCINNATI:, 
SARGENT, WILSON & HINKLE 

NEW YORK: CLARK & MAYNARD. 






^ ^A 



REVISED EDITIOIT 



PRELIMINARY REMARKS. 

The recent amendments to the School Laws of several of the Western 
States extend the required examination of candidates for teachers' cer- 
tificates, to United States History/, Theory/ and Practice of Teaching, and 
Physiology. To meet this reasonable requirement, Parts IV, V, and VI 
have been added to this work. 

Although the questions on .these topics are not so numerous as those 
on the more ordinary branches, still, it is believed they will be found, 
on trial, to be sufficiently suggestive to cover the whole ground. 

Algebra is now so extensively taught in our Common Schools, that it 
was thought a list of questions involving, at least, the elements of that 
science, would be acceptable to most teachers and candidates; and, 
hence. Part VII has been added. 



Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1863, by 
SARGENT, WILSON & HINKLE, 

In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States, for the Southern 

District of Ohio. 

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1865, by 
SARGENT, WILSON & HINKLE, 

In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States, for the Southern 

District of Ohio. 

Stereotyped at the Franklin Type Foundry, Cincinnati, 



PREFACE. 



Haying been an examiner for many years, the author has watched, 
with the deepest interest, the results developed in the examination of 
hundreds, nay thousands, of candidates for the Teacher's profession. 
While some of them have been gratifying, most have been suffi- 
ciently surprising and painful. 

The facts are these: 

1st. A considerable number of those applying, from year to year, 
are rejected, because they totally fail to sustain the requisite exam- 
ination. 

2d. A larger number barely pass the ordeal, and receive certificates 
scarcely less discreditable than would be rejection itself 

3d. Quite 25 per cent, of the remainder pass the required examin- 
ation about half as well as they ought, and receive certificates 
accordingly. 

4th. Not more than 10 per cent., hardly more than 5 per cent, of 
the whole, secure the highest testimonials of scholarship which the 
law puts fairly within the reach of all. 

Why 18 this? A few, doubtless, are mentally disqualified; and the 
business of teaching is the last in which they should have thought 
of engaging. But the great mass of candidates remains, and the 
question still urges itself, Why should so many of these continue to 
disgrace themselves, and disappoint their friends, by failure to sus- 
tain a reputable examination? Why should the great majority of 
them continue to subject themselves to the trouble and expense of a 
re-examination every 4, 6, 9, or 12 months, when they might have 
exemption from all this for a much longer period? 

Convinced that there is no necessity for this state of things, and 
that he who shall point out a reasonable method of avoiding it will 
be doing an acceptable service, the author has prepared this work, 
earnestly hoping that it will contribute, in some degree, at least, to a 
higher and more thorough grade of qualification on the part of can- 
lidates for the important and responsible position of the Teacher. 

(iii) 



iv PREFACE. 

A different course might have been adopted. A volume much 
larger might have been filled with lists of questions — lists, if not iden- 
tical with, at least similar to those which are submitted to candidates 
in the examination-room. These might all have been answered seri- 
atim, or a separate key furnished. 

But this would have presented to candidates only the most super- 
ficial aid, while it would have left the chief difiiculty untouched. 
What candidates need is not the ability merely to answer correctly 
certain questions which the examiners may submit to them, but a 
comprehensive yet definite knowledge of the branches they propose 
to teach. Having this qualification, it matters little what questions 
may be asked, provided only they are proper and relevant. 

To aid candidates 'in securing such a preparation is the main 
object of the Examiner. In its preparation, this has been kept con- 
stantly in view; and it is believed that those who avail themselves 
of it, in the manner intended, will find future examinations, not a 
terrible weariness of the flesh, a dread, and a torment, but a pleas- 
ant exercise, a delight, and a triumph. 

Another want I have sought to supply, viz. : a convenient manual 
for reviewing the common branches in schools. 

Reviewing, as ordinarily practiced, is irksome and almost profitless. 
It is going over the same ground very much in the same way, but 
without the stimulus of novelty. Rather let the teacher insist on 
thoroughness from the very first, and at every step, and then, at the 
proper time, supply his pupils with the means and method of testing 
their actual attainments, and supplying their deficiences. I<" is hoped 
that the Examiner will be found peculiarly adapted to this '^nd. 

Kindred to this might be mentioned its fitness as an aur.iliary 
work,, in the conduct of Teachers' Institutes and Normal Schools 
But words on this point heed not be multiplied. 

The .Author. 



CONTEJNTTS. 



PAGB 

Orthography, 9 

Reading, 15 

Grammar, 18 

Etymology, 18 

The Noun, 18 

Tlie Pronoun, 23 

The Adjective, •. 25 

The Verb, 26 

The Adverb, 30 

The Preposition, 31 

The Conjunction, 31 

The Interjection, • 31 

Syntax, 32 

Analysis, ^ 32 

Synthesis, 36 

Punctuation, 45 

Prosody, 48 

Arithmetic, 51 

Numeration, .62 

Notatron, 52 

Addition, .53 

Subtraction, 53 

Multiplication, 54 

Division, 55 

Factoring, . 58 

Greatest Common Divisor, '58 

Least Common Multiple, 59 

Cancellation, 59 

Common Fractions, 60 

Decimal Fractions, 64 

Circulating Decimals, 67 

Compound Numbers, 68 

Aliquot Parts, ... 73 

Ratio and Proportion, 74 

Percentage, 77 

Commission and Brokerage, . . . ., ... 80 

Stocks and Dividends, ... ... 81 

Par, Discount, and Premium, ... 82 

Insurance, . . ... 83 

Tax^s, ... 85 

(v) 



vi CONTENTS. 

FAGK 

Duties and Customs, 85 

Simple Interest, 86 

Present Worth, 88 

Banking, 89 

Partial Payments, 91 

Exchange, 92 

Accounts Current, 93 

Equation of Payments, 9S 

Compound Interest, • . 94 

Annuities, 95 

Proportional Parts, 98 

Partnership, 98 

Bankruptcy, 99 

General Average, 99 

Eate Bills for Schools, 99 

Alligation, . 100 

Involution, 101 

Evolution, ^ 102 

Square Root, 102 

Cube Root, 103 

Series, 104 

Permutations, 106 

Combinations, 107 

Duodecimals, 107 

Mensuration, 108 

Gauging, 110 

Tunnage of Vessels, 110 

Mechanical Powers, 110 

Geography, 112 

Definitions, 112 

flaces of Mankind, 113 

Motions of the Earth, 114 

The Zones, 116 

Political Geography, 117 

G-overnment, 118 

Languages, 119 

Religion, 119 

Descriptive Geography, 120 

United States History, 143 

Theory and Practice of Teaching, 149 

Physiology, . 153 

Algebra, 157 



SUGGESTIONS TO CANDIDATES. 



Eemember that tlie object of the examination which the lavsf 
requires you to pass, before you can be legally authorised to teach 
in any public school, is not to puzzle or harass you in any manner 
whatever. It is simply to ascertain whether you hj*.ve such an 
acquaintance with the branches specified as shall qualifa^ you to teach 
them. You see, therefore, on what your success as a candidate 
must depend. 

You may and ought to be fully qualified to sustain a satisfactory 
examination. The books which treat of the branches specified lie 
within your reach. You profess to have studied them. You under- 
stand, therefore, where the requisite knowledge is to be f(?iund. Have 
you mastered it ? If called upon to point out, distinctly and accu- 
rately, the difference betv/een a vowel and a consonant^ between a 
palatal and a lingual, between prose and poetry, can yoi? do it? 

ExAMiXEES will wish to know whether you can teach the various 
vowel and consonant sounds; and they will want you to show this, 
by actually making and illustrating them. Can you do it? In a 
similar manner, they will test your knowledge of Geography. They 
may ask you why the Polar Circles and the Tropics are located 
where they are, rather than elsewhere; or, in what direction Iceland 
is from the North Pole, Australia from the South Pole, etc. Are 
you fully prepared to answer these, and other questions thftt may bo 
propounded to you on this topic? 

Of course, you will expect to be subjected to a similar scrutiny In 
relation to English Grammar and Arithmetic. Hence, it is urged 
that you examine yourselves, and so familiarize your minds witl^ 
each topic, that neither the questions here named, nor any others of 
a proper character, may find you unprepared. You can do this: 
indeed, you can hardly avoid doing it, if you pursue the cours-i 
indicated in the Examinee. 

There are presented in the following pages, not the questions thai 
will meet you in the examination-room, but rather such as will 
test your knowledge of the several branches upon which you must 
be examined ; and these are accompanied by such references as will 
enable you to supply, by proper study, your dsficiencies. 

Tvii) 



Viii SUGGESTIONS TO CANDIDATES. 

• 
In using iliia work, in many cases, where tliere is more than 

ordinary scholarship or experience, it may answer merely to read 

the questions in the order in which they are presented, answering 

them mentally, as you proceed, being sure, however, not to pass one 

unanswered. When you come to a question calling for information 

which you can not readily furnish, avail yourselves of the reference^ 

and so study it as to enable you to answer, not only that question, 

but any similar one that may be submitted to you. 

But a surer, and therefore a better method will be to supply your- 
selves with paper, pencil, and the requisite authorities, and resolutely 
determine to answer, in writing^ every question found in the Exam- 
iner. This is decidedly preferable, especially for two reasons: 

1st. It will serve to render your knowledge definite, fixed, and 
satisfactory, and therefore always available. 

2d. Because written examinations are fast becoming more and 
more common, and will doubtless soon be generally adopted. 

Candidates, therefore, should accustom themselves to this mode 
of answering questions on all topics, and should study to do this 
with clearness, neatness, and dispatch. With such a preparation, 
you need not fear to enter any examination-room. 

During the time of your examination, observe the following direc- 
tions I 

1st. Have your mind fixed exclusively on the business before you. 

2d. In no case resort to books, or your fellow-candidates for aid. 

3d. In your reading exercises be deliberate and natural. 

4th. Be careful of your spelling, penmanship, punctuation, and 
capitals. 

5th. Do not delay too long on questions you can not answer, if, 
unfortunately, you find such ; rather pass them, leaving a corre- 
sponding blank in your manuscript. 

6th. Cheerfully comply with all Eules and Regulations established 
by the Examiners. 



THE EXAMINER. 



I>^IIT I. 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 

Kemark. — The following references in questions on Ortliograpliy 
are to De Wolf's Instructive Speller, McGuffey's Eclectic Spell- 
ing Book, and Pinneo's Analytical Grammar. To distinguish the 
first of these from the second, when the former is referred to, the con- 
traction Sp. is used; when the latter, 3Ic Sp. 

1. How would you define Orthography? See Web- 
ster's Unabridged Dictionary. 

2. Of wbat does it treat, and wbat does it teacb? Gr.* 
p. 7, Art. 4. 

Letters and their Sounds. 

3. What is a Letter? Gr. p. 7, Art. 4. 

4. What is the power of a letter in distinction from its 
name? 

A71S. Its sound fn the word to which it belongs. 

5. How many letters belong to the English alphabet? 
Gr. p. 8, Art. 5. 

6. What is the origin of the term alphabet? 

Ans. It is derived from Alpha and Beta, the names of the first and 
second letters of the Greek alphabet. 

7. Into what two general classes are the letters of the 
English alphabet divided? Gr. p. 8, Art. 5. 

=''-The following contractions are frequently used in this work: Sp. for Speller; Rr. 
for Reader ; Gr. for Grammar ; P. for Page ; Art. for Article ; L. for Lesson ; Pr. for 
Paragraph; C. for Column; Pt. for Part; Ex. for Example; Exc. for Exception; R, 
for Rule ; N. for Note ; Rk. for Remark ; and Dem. for Demonstration. 

(9) 



10 THE EXAMINER. 

8. How do the letters and elementary sounds of the lan« 
guage compare as to number? Sp. p. 5, — 2. 

9, Describe first a voivel, and then a consonant. Sp. p. 
5, — 4 and. 5. , • 

10. How would you write the first ten letters of the alpha- 
bet, first in Roman, second in ItaliQ, third in Script, and 
fourth in Old English letters ? 

11. How do you spell the names of the last ten letters of 
the alphabet? See Webster's Dictionary. 

12. What, respectively, are tonics, atonies, vocals, subvocals, 
and aspirates? Sp. p. 5 and 6, — 4, 5, 6, and 7. 

13. How many and what letters represent voivel sounds ? 
Sp. p. 6, — 3., 

14. How many and what letters represent consonant sounds? 
Sp. p. 6,-4. 

15. Which letters are never used as consonants ? Sp. p. 6. 

Remark. — We are taught in nearly every work which treats of 
Orthography, that W and Y are sometimes vowels. Why are we not 
also, with the same uniformity, taught that U, I, 0, and U are some- 
times consonants? Ought not such words as union (yun-yon) to remove 
all doubt as to the consonant use of / and U, and such words as 
righteous (right-yus) and one (wun) to determine the same thing as 
to B and ? Hence, A is the only letter (if, indeed, it be entirely 
true of it) which is always a vowel. 

16. AVhich of the letters, respectively, are labials, dentals, 
palatals, and nasals? Sp. p. 9, Table, etc. 

On what is this classification founded ? 

Ans. On the vocal organs most prominent in their utterance. 

17. The consonants are sometimes classified as mutes and 
semi-vowels. Give three examples of each. Mc Sp. p. 8. 

18. Which letters are called liquids, and why ? Mc Sp. p. 8. 

19. How many and what sounds have A, E, I, 0, and U? 
Sp. p. 8, Table, etc. 

20. When are ^Y and Y to be considered consonants, and 
when vowels? Sp. p. G, i and ii. 

21. Exemplify, by two examples, the difi"erent sounds of each 
of the vowels. Sp. p. 14. 

22. Define a 'prophr diphthong, an improper, a proper triph- 



LETTERS AND THEIR SOUNDS. H 

tJiong, an improper, a digraph, and a trlgrapli, and give two 
examples of each. Mc Sp. p. 6, and Sp. p. 6, — 5, 6, and 7. 

23. Whieli of the consonants represent but one sound ? 
Sp. p. 48, L. xcviii. 

24. What sounds has D? Sp. p. 48, L. xcvm, D. 

25. What sounds has G, and in what circumstances do they 
occur? Sp. p. 48, L. xcix. 

26. What sounds has Jf Sp. p. 49, L. c. 

27. What sounds have iVand Ng? Sp. p. 49, L. c and Cl. 

28. Describe the sounds of Z. Sp. p. 49, L. ci, Z. 

29. When has F the sound of V? Sp. p. 50, L. cii, F. 

30. What sounds has T, and in what circumstances do they 
occur? Sp. p. 50, L. cii, T. 

31. Describe the sounds of Th. Sp. p. 50, L. cii, TTi. 

32. What sounds are represented by /S*, and in what circum- 
stances do they respectively occur? Sp. p. 50, L. cm, ^S'. 

33. What sounds has Ch, and with what words can you 
illustrate each? Sp. p. 50, L. cm, Ch. 

34. Give examples illustrating the four sounds of G. Sp. 
p. 51, L. CIV, G, 

35. Describe and exemplify by suitable words, the sounds 
of Gh. Sp. p. 51, L. cv, Gh. 

36. Describe the sounds of X, and give such words as shall 
illustrate each. Sp. p. 52, L. cvi. 

37. Classify the letters in the word exalted, and describe the 
sounds belonging to each in this word. Sp. p. 52, L. cvii. 

38. What sounds has Pli, and what other letters will prop- 
erly represent them ? Sp. p. 62, L. cvi, Ph. 

39. What sound has e in allied and betrayed; o in weapon 
and crimson; n in hiln and limn; t in hustle and castle; % in 
failed and claimed; h in knot and known; and g in design 
Bind poignant? Sp. p. 53, L. cvill, cix, and ex. 

40. Point out the silent letters in catarrh, light, league, 
taught, mosque, psalm, and slaughter. Sp. p. 53, L. ex. 

41. When are g and k silent? Sp. p. 54, L. cxiii. 

42. What letters may be substituted for u in statue, culture, 
pasture and fortune, and yet preserve the pronunciation ? 
Sp. p. 54, L. CXI. 



12 THE EXAMINER. 

43. What sound has s in surely^ issue, fissure, and nauseous? 
Sp. p. 54, L. cxii. 

44. What combination of letters can you substitute for t, c, 
and s, respectively, in location, suspicious, and conclusion, 
without altering the proper pronunciation? Sp. p. 55j L. 

CXIV. 

45. How may pupils be best taught to utter correctly and 
with facility the various vowel and consonant sounds? Sp. 
p. 10, L. I, and p. 18, L. xxi and xxii. 

Ans. By persistent practice, the teacher always first showing how it 
ought to be done. 

46. When should capitals be used in composition? Sp. 
p. 168, Chapter XLiv. 

47. Each of the following sentences contains one or more 
words needing correction in respect to capitals. Copy them 
in the order here given, correcting where necessary. 

1. The boy appealed to Worcester's dictionary of the english Lan- 
guage. 

2. the proper use of capitals is always to be Observed. 

3. The fear of the lord is the beginning of Wisdom. 

4. Washington, the american general, was a christian. 

5. I live as i list, and I do as i please. 

6. o, cruel, relentless spirit of war! 

7. Those who attack others should remember the old proverb, they 
that live in glass houses, etc. 

8. . No eye beheld when william plunged 

young edmund in the stream; 
No hijman ear but William's heard 
young edmund's drowning scream. 

Syllables. 

1. What is a Syllable? Sp. p. 7, — 1. 

2. How may the number of syllables a word contains 
always be known? 

Ans. There are always as many syllables in a word as there are 
distinct sounds made in correctly pronouncing it. 

3. How are words classified in regard to the number of syl- 
lables they contain? Sp. p. 7, — 2. 

4. Give three examples of each of these classes. Sp. 
p. 7,-2. 



WORDS AND SPELLING. 13 

5. In dividing words into syllables, how should the conso- 
nants be disposed of? 

Ans. They should be connected in the same syllables with the vow- 
els or diphthongs, which they modify in enunciation. 

6. When two vowels come together, not making a diph- 
thong, how should they be disposed of in syllabification ? 

Ans. They should be put into different syllables. 

7. In forming words into syllables, how should such deriv- 
atives, and grammatical terminations as less, Zy, ed, and ing, be 
disposed of? 

Ans. They should form separate syllables excepting in the case of 
ed when e is silent. 

8. What rule applies to the syllabification of prefixes? 
Ans. Generally, the same as above stated. 

9. When for the want of room words are divided at the 
ends of lines, what rule applies? 

Ans. Syllables are never to be divided. 

Words and Spelling. 

1. What is a Word? Sp. p. 5, — 1, and p. 6, — 1. 

2. Define a primitive, a derivative, a simple, and a com- 
pound word. Mc Sp. p. l-i. 

3. Give examples of each of the three classes of words. 
Mc Sp. p. 14. 

4. How are derivative words formed? Sp. p. 78, L. XLiv. 

5. What derivative words can be formed from the primi- 
tive word move, and what is the meaning of each ? Sp. p. 
125, Chapter L 

6. What is the difference, if any, between a primitive and 
radical word? Sp. p. 125, Chapter I. 

7. When is the hyphen requisite, and when not, in the 
formation of compound words ? 

Ans. Permanent compounds, as bookseller and schoolmaster, do not 
require the hyphen ; but temporary compounds do, as glass-house and 
negro-merchant. 

8. What do you consider the best method of teaching 
epelling ? 

Ans. Any method which requires the younger pupils to print, and 



14 THE EXAMINER. 

the older ones to write, their spelling lessons, is a good one; and that 
which calls into requisition most frequently the slate and the black- 
board, in such exercises, is the best method. 

9. Define a prefix and a suffix. Sp, p. 83, L. liv, and 
p. 108, L. cxiv. 

10. What words double their final consonant on taking an 
additional syllable beginning with a vowel? Sp. p. 79, E. 1. 

11. Why is final x an exception to this rule? 

Ans. Because it is not a single consonant, being equivalent to ks. 

12. In what class of words is the final consonant not doubled 
on taking an additional syllable? Sp. p. 79, R. 2. 

13. What words retain double I in forming their deriva- 
tives? Sp. p. 80, Rk. 1. 

14. What rule applies to the spelling of derivatives made 
from full, and other words ending in double I, when they form 
permanent compounds? Sp. p. 80, Rk. 2. 

15. What changes take place in words ending in ant or ent, 
when they take the suffixes ce or cy, and in those ending ih 
ate, when they take the suffix cy? Sp. p. 80, Rk. 3. 

16. How are words ending in er or or changed, when they 
take a suffix beginning with a vowel? Sp. p. 80, Rk. 4. 

17. When does final y change into i on taking suffixes? 
Sp. p. 81, R. 3. 

18. What exceptions to this rule can you name? Sp. p. 
81, Exc. 1 and 2. 

19. In what circumstances does final y remain unchanged 
on taking suffixes? Sp. p. 81, R. 4. 

20. What words drop final yf Sp. p. 81, R. 4, Exc. 

21. When is final e rejected, and if i precede e, into what 
is it changed before the suffix ing? Sp. p. 82, R. 5. 

22. Mention the exceptions to this rule. Sp. p. 82, Exc. 1 
and 2. 

23. What is done with words ending in le, when they take 
the suffix ly? Sp. p. 82, Rk. 1. 

24. When words ending in hie take the suffix ity^ what 
changes are necessary? Sp. p. 82, Rk. 2. 

25. What generally becomes of e final before a suffix begin- 
ning with a consonant? Sp. p. 82, R. 6. 



REA^DING. 15 

26. Can you mention five words in which e final is dropped 
on taking a suffix beginning with a consonant? Sp. p. 82, 

L. LIII. 

Note. — In common -with other Examiners, the compiler has often been 
amazed at the ignorance of candidates in relation to the foregoing 
elementary, yet fundamental, topic. There is no excuse for- deficiency 
here. An hour's study will enable one to master the subject. Candi- 
dates may rest assured that they can furnish no more favorable intro- 
duction to Examiners than a full and minute acquaintance with the 
letters and their sounds; while a marked deficiency here is always a 
sufficient cause for rejection. 



READING. 

Eemarks. — Reading, like singing, must be taught mainly by exam- 
ple. The pupil, in order to understand and practice them, must hear 
the different styles frequently exemplified. Without this, didactic 
instruction is of little use. 

It is through the ear alone that vivid impressions, as to the tone^ 
pitch, modulation, accent, emphasis, and inflection, proper to be observed 
in any. case, can be made. Hence, he who would teach reading must 
himself know hoiu to read and be able to show others how to read. 
To acquire the ability requisite for this, nothing can be more bene- 
ficial than frequent and persevering practice aloud, upon exercises 
illustrating the Principles of Elocution. 

J|!^='The following references in the questions on Reading, are all 
to McGtjffet's New Sixth Eclectic Reader. 

1. Define Articulation, Inflection, Accent, Emphasis, Enun- 
ciation, and Pronunciation. See Webster's Dictionary. 

2. What are the principal faults to be guarded against in 
articulating words? Rr. p. 15-18, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5. 

3. What specific directions can you give for acquiring a 
good articulation! Rr. p. 19-23. 

4. What forms of inflection are to be observed in reading? 
Rr. p. 23, Inflection. 

5. What marks are usually employed to indicate the I'ising 
and falling inflection ? Rr. p. 23, Inflection. 

6. When hoth inflections occur on the same syllable or 
word, what is the combination called? Rr. p. 24, Inflection. 



16 THE EXAMINER. 

7. What cliaracters are employed to indicate tlie rising and 
falling circumjiex, respectively? Rr. p. 24, Inflection. 

8. Describe the monotone. Rr. p. 24, 2d Pr. 

9. What inflection is proper for the language of empliasis ? 
Rr. p. 27, R. II. 

10. What inflection is proper at the close of clauses and sen- 
tences, making complete sense in themselves? Rr. p. 26, R. i. 

11. With what inflection should questions, which can not 
be answered by yes or no^ be asked? Rr. p. 27, R. iii. 

12. When questions are emphatic or repeated, what inflec- 
tion is proper? Rr. p. 28, Exc. 

13. What specific directions can you give for the use of the 
rising inflection? Rr. p. 28-32. 

14. When are both the rising and falling inflections required 
in the same sentence? Rr. p. 32-36. 

15. Copy the following sentences, and indicate, in the proper 
manner, the inflections requisite for each : 

1. It is sown a natural body; it is raised a spiritual body. 

2. Does he speak rationally or irrationally? 

3. Let us retract wlien we caw, not when we must. 

4. He deserved punishment rather than pity. 

5. The knowledge, the power, the wisdom, the goodness of God, 
must all be unbounded. 

6. I protest against this measure, as cruel, oppressive, tyrannous, 
and vindictive. 

7. He was esteemed for his kindness, his intelligence, his self- 
denial, and his active benevolence. 

8. Joy, grief, fear, anger, pity, scorn, hate, jealousy, and love, stamp 
assumed distinction upon the player. 

16. Describe a parenfhcsis, and the manner of reading what 
it contains. Rr. p. 37, R. xii. 

17. What does the circumflex usually express ? Rr. p. 
38, R. xiii. 

18. To what kind of subjects is the monotone properly con- 
fined ? Rr. p. 38, R. XIV. 

19. Define Accent and Emphasis, and describe their uses. 
Rr. p. 39, Accent and Emphasis. 

20. How are accented syllables usually indicated? Rr. 
p. 39, Accent, etc. 



READING. 17 

21. What determines the proper accent of words? Rr. 
p. 39, Common usage. 

22. What is the secondary accent of words ? E,r. p. 40, 

23. In how many ways may words and phrases be empha- 
Bized? Er. p. 40, Emphasis. 

24. By what is the comparative degree of emphasis indi- 
cated? Rr. p. 40, Emphatic Words, etc. 

25. Define Absolute Emphasis. Rr. p. 41, Where the 
emphasis, etc. 

26. Describe Relative Emphasis. Rr. p. 41, Relative 
Emphasis. 

27. When words, which are the same in part of their form- 
ation, are contrasted, how is the emphasis expressed, as in the 
sentence, " There is a great diiference between giving and for- 
giving?" Rr. p. 42, Emphasis and Accent. 

28. How is inflection sometimes affected by emphasis? 
Rr. p. 43, Emphasis and Inflection. 

29. When you desire, to give to a phrase great force of 
expression, what is the method of doing it? Rr. p. 43, 
Emphatic Phrase. 

30. How may pauses be employed to render words more 
emphatic? Rr. p. 44, Emphatic Pause. 

31. What directions can you give for reading verse cor- 
rectly? Rr. p. 45, IV. 

32. What is the chief difference between the proper method 
of reading poetry and prose ? Rr. p, 45, IV. 

33. In reading verse, where the melody and correct accent 
come in conflict, which must yield ? Rr. p. 46, Accent and 
Emphasis. 

34. What pauses are to be observed in reading poetry? 
Rr. p. 48 and 49, Poetic Pauses. 

35. How is the cesural pause indicated? 
Ans. Usually not at all. 

36. When similes occur in poetry, how should they be read? 
Rr. p. 50, Simile. 

37. What directions can you give for the cultivation of the 
voice? Rr. p. 51-55. 

38. What, for the management of the voice? Rr p. 56. 

Ex.— 2. 



18 THE EXAMINER. 

39. What rules can you give to direct in the use of gesture? 
Rr. p. 57-59. 

40. Mention what you consider the characteristics of good 
reading, and state your method of teaching it. 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 
ETYMOLOGY. 

Remark. — The great desideratum for candidates, in relation to this 
part of English Grammar, is a clear understanding of the nature of the 
several Parts of Speech, and of the properties which belong to each. 
This attained, and there is little dif&culty about parsing, or in aught 
else connected with the subject. 

^^^The following references in the questions on G-rammar, are all 
to Pinned' s Analytical Grammar. 

1. What is embraced in Etymology? Gr. p. 8, Art. 8. 

2. From what is the term Etymology derived? Gr. p. 
8, Art. 8. 

3. What is the propriety of the term ? Gr. p. 8, Art. 9. 

4. How many, and what Parts of Speech are there in 
the English Language ? Gr. p. 20, Art. 49. 

5. Dejfine parsing. Gr. p. 21, Art. 50. 
G. Parse in detail the followino; : 

Successful pupils study their lessons faithfully, and strive to per- 
form all the tasks assigned to them. O, that all were suchl Gr. p. 
21, Art. 60, Model for Parsing. 

7. What do you understand by the pj'operties or modifi- 
cations of any part of speech? Gr. p. 23, Art. 52. 

THE NOUN. 

8. Define a Noun. Gr. p. 23, Art. 53. 

9. Into what two general classes are nouns divided ? Gr. 
p. 23, Art. 54. 

10. On what is this classification founded? Gr. p. 9, 
Art. 17-20. 

11. When do proper nouns become common^ and why? 
Gr. p. 23, Art. 54 and Rem. 



PERSON— GENDER. 19 

12. Define a collective^ an abstract^ a verbal, and a parti- 
cipial noun. Gr. p. 23, Art. 55 and 56. 

13. How may a common noun become proper? 

Ans. By prefixing the adjective ihe^ as The Park, The Square, etc. 

14. Show how any word, sign, phrase, or sentence, may be- 
come a noun. Gr. p. 24, Art. 57. 

15. AYhat properties belong to nouns ? Gr. p. 24, Art. 58. 

PERSON. 

16. How are nouns distinguished as to Person? Gr. p. 
24, Art. 59. 

17. How many persons have nouns, and what is denoted by 
each* Gr. p. 24, Art. 60-63. 

18. How may a person speak of himself in the third person, 
and what would be an example? Gr. p. 24^ Art. 63, Rem. 

19. What is the second step in parsing? Gr. p. 24, 
Art. 64. 

20. Parse accordingly the nouns in the following: 

1. I, General Jackson, "will take the responsibility. 

2. Do you love Grammar, William? 

3. Mary recited her lesson well. Gr. p. 25, Exercises xx and 

XXI. 

GENDER. 

21. What does Gender denote, and why so called ? Gr. 
p. 25, Art. 65 and 6Q. 

22. How many and what genders are applied to nouns, and 
what does each denote? Gr. p. 26, Art. 67-74. 

23. Describe the dificrent methods of distinguishing the 
masculine and feminine genders. Gr. p. 26, Art. 75. 

24. Give the feminine of bachelor, buck, drake, earl, friar, 
swan, wizard, administrator, czar, emperor, hero, landgrave, 
marquis, sultan, and gentleman. 

Give the masculine of goose, roe, miss, ewe, madam, abbess, 
donna, maid-servant, and landlady. Gr^ p. 27 and 28, 1st, 
2d, and 3d. 

25. What kind of nouns may be spoken of in the neuter, 
or in their own gender? Gr. p. 28, Rem. 2. 



20 THE EXAMINER. 

26. Of wliat gender is man in this sentence, "Man is mor- 
tal," and cat in this, "The cat belongs to the feline species?" 
Gr. p. 28, Eem. 3. 

27. Can you give an example of neuter nouns used as mas- 
culine and feminine ? Grr. p. 28, Rem. 4. 

28. Of what gender, generally, are inanimate objects, repre- 
senting things remarkable for their strength^ power^ greatness, 
or sublimity ; and those remarkable for their beauty, timidity ^ 
productiveness, or loveliness f Gr. p. 28, Rem. 5. 

NUMBER. 

29. Define Number as a property of the noun. Gr. p. 
30, Art. 76. 

30. What numbers have nouns generally, and what is de- 
noted by each? Gr. p. 30, Art. 77-81. 

31. How is the plural usually formed ? Gr. p. 30, Art. 82. 

32. When is it proper, in forming the plural, to add es to 
the singular? Gr. p. 30, Rem. 1. 

33. How are the plurals of nouns whose singular ends in / 
or fe formed? Gr. p. 30, Rem. 2. 

34. What exceptions are there to this rule ? Gr. p. 30, 
Rem. 2, N. 

35. What rule applies to the formation of the plural of 
nouns ending in y preceded by a consonant, except proper 
names? Gr. p. 30, Rem. 3. - 

36. How did the singular of such words formerly end? 
Gr. p. 30, Rem. 3, N. 

37. Give the plural of child, mouse, woman, cow, brother, 
penny, sow, sheep, deer, datum, erratum, medium, phenome- 
non, analysis, axis, crisis, alumnus, focus, genius, radius, apex, 
index, genus, stamen, cherub, seraph, beau, monsieur, bandit, 
and virtuoso. Gr, p. 31-33, Art. 83. 

38. Mention some nouns used only in the singular number. 
Gr. p. 33, Art. 83, Rem. 1. 

39. When do the names of substances have the plural ? 
Gr. p. 33, Art. 83, Rem. 1, N. 

40. What nouns are used only in the plural ? Gr. p. 33, 
Art. 83, Rem. 2. 



CASE. 21 

41. How do you form the plural of cupful, mouthful, spoon- 
ful, son-in-law, knight-errant, and court-martial? Gr. p. 33, 
Art. 83, Rem. 3. 

42. Give the plural of s, a, h, 5, and 10 ; also, of and and \ 
if, when used as nouns. Gr. p. 33, Art. 83, Rem. 4, N. 

43. Which of the following is the proper plural form : the 
Misses Bingham, or the Miss Binghams ; the Lords Bishop 
of Durham and St. Davids, or the Lord Bishops of Durham 
and St. Davids ; Miss Clark and Brown, or the Misses Clark 
and Brown ; Mr. Jones and Davis, or Messrs. Jones and 
Davis ? Gr. p. 33, Art. 83, Rem. 5. 

44. What proper names are plural ? Gr. p. 34, Art. 83, 
Rem. 6. 

45. What singular nouns are sometimes used as plural? 
Gr. p. 34, Art. 83, Rem. 7. 

CASE. 

46. How would you define Case as the property of a noun ? 
Gr. p. 35, Art. 84. 

47. What is the meaning of case in respect to nouns? 
Gr. p. 35, Art. 85. 

48. How many, and what cases have nouns? Gr. p. 35, 
Art. 86. 

49. What does the Nominative Case denote, and why is 
it so called? Gr. p. 35, Art. 87 and 88. 

50. What relation does the nominative case sustain to the 
verb ? Gr. p. 36, Rem. 1, and Exp. 

51. In what circumstances may a verb have more than one 
nominative? Gr. p. 36, Rem. 2-5. 

52. How may the nominative be readily known? Gr. p. 

36, Art. 89. 

53. Parse the nominatives in the following : 

Wit is often an enemy; kindness always makes friends. Gr. p. 

37, Exercise xxx. 

54. What does the Possessive Case denote? Gr. p. 38, 
Art. 90. 

55. What is the meaning of the term in relation to case ? 
Gr. p. 38, Art. 91. 



22 THE EXAMINER. 

56. How is the possessive case generally formed ? Grr. p. 
38, Art. 92. 

57. What is the sign of the possessive case, and of what is 
it a contraction? Gr. p. 38, Art. 92, Exp. 

58. When should s after the apostrophe be omitted in the 
possessive case? Gr. p. 38, Art. 92, Rem. 1. 

59. In forming the possessive case of compound nouns, 
where is the sign usually placed? Gr. p. 38, Art. 92, Rem, 

60. How do plural nouns that do not end in e, usually 
form the possessive case? 

Ans. In the same manner as their singular, as man^s and men's. 

61. Give the possessive case, singular and plural, of Ann, 
George, desk, fox, ox, child, tree, friend, fly, sheep, mouse, 
son-in-law, conscience, and teacher. Gr. p. 39, Exercise 

XXXII. 

62. What does the Objective Case denote, and why is it 
so called ? Gr. p. 39, Art. 93, 94. 

63. What relation does this case sustain to the verb? 
Gr. p. 39, Art. 95. 

64. By what case are transitive verbs and prepositions gen- 
erally followed? Gr. p. 40, Art. 95, Rem. 1. 

65. Point out the objective cases in the following : 

He brought chairs, tables, and beds into the house, because he 
needed furniture. 

66. Can the objective case ever become the subject of 
a verb? If so, give an example. Gr. p. 40, Art. 95, 
Rem. 4. 

67. When is a noun in the Independent Case? Gr. p. 
42, Art. 96. 

68. Why is this case so called ? Gr. p. 42, Art. 97. 

69. In what respect do other authors differ in relation to 
this case ? Gr. p. 42, Art. 97, Rem. 2. 

70. What is the propriety, if any, in having the independ- 
ent case? Gr. p. 42, Art. 97, Rem. 2. 

71. In the following, which nouns are in the independent 
case, and why? 

Children, friends, neighbors, pity me. Gr. p. 42, Exercise xxxyn 



DECLENSION OF NOUNS— PRONOUNS. 23 

DECLENSION OF NOUNS. 

72. What is meant by the Declension of a noun? Gr. 
p. 43, Art. 98. 

73. Decline, in both numbers, the following nouns : verb, 
sentence, words, exclamation, Jane, man, woman, journey, 
chimney, conscience, half, staff, ox, box, lady, deer, and base 
Gr. p. 43, Exercise XL. 

74. Parse in full the following : 

God's eyes are upon all men, and see their inmost thoughts. Gr. 
p. 43, Exercise xli. 

PRONOUNS. 

1. What is a Pronoun? Gr. p. 45, Art. 99. 

2. What is the word for which a pronoun stands called, 
and why? Gr. p. 46, Art. 100. 

3. What properties have pronouns f Gr. p. 46, Art. 101. 

4. Into what classes are pronouns divided? Gr. p. 46, 
Art. 102. 

PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 

5. What are Personal Pronouns, and why are they so 
called? Gr. p. 46, Art. 103, 104. 

6. Name and decline the personal pronouns. Gr. p. 46 
and 47, Art. 105. 

7. When are the possessives, mine, thine, yours, hers, ours, 
and theirs, used instead of my, thy, etc? Gr. p. 47, Art. 
105, Rem. 1. 

8. What was formerly the usage as to mine and thine? 
Gr. p. 47, Rem. 2. 

9. To what is the use of thoic, as the singular of the second 
personal pronoun, now confined ? Gr. p. 47, Rem. 3. 

10. To whom, respectively, are /, you, and we, applied? 
Gr. p. 48, Rem. 4. 

11. To which of the pronouns is gender applied, and why? 
Gr. p. 48, Rem. 5. 

12. By what are the gender, number, and person of pro- 
nouns determined ? Gr. p. 48, Rem. 6. 

13. What are Compound Personal Pronouns ? Gr. p. 
48, Art. 106. 



24 ^HE EXAMINER. 

14. What case do they lack, and for what are they used? 
Gr. p. 48, Rem. 1 and 2. 

15. Point out and parse the pronouns in the following : 

Samuel lost his hook, but mine is safe. He rendered himself 
useful. Gr. p. 48, Exercise xliii. 

RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 

16. What is a Relative Pronoun? Gr. p. 49, Art. 
107. 

17. Give a list of the relative pronouns. Gr. p. 49, 
Art. 108. 

18. What is the proper usage as to each? Gr. p. 49 and 
50, Art. 109-111. 

19. In what circumstances is the relative that to be pre- 
ferred? Gr. p. 50, Rem. 1. 

20. What other parts of speech is that^ sometimes? Gr. 
p. 50, Art. 112, Rem. 2. 

21. Write a sentence containing tTiat^ used as a relative, an 
adjective, and a conjunction. 

22. Describe the use of as and tJian^ as relatives. Gr. p. 
50, Art. 113. 

23. Parse the relatives in the following : 

1. This is the lady of whom I spoke. 

2. The man that was sick. 

3. He kept what belonged to him. 

4. Whoever will, may come. 

INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 

24. Which are the Interrogative Pronouns, and why are 
they so called? Gr. p, 51 and 52, Art. 114, 115. 

25. Where is the antecedent of an interrogative pronoun 
found? Gr. p. 52, Rem. 2. 

26. Give an example in which what, which, and their com- 
pounds, are interrogative adjective pronouns. Gr. p. 52, 
Art. 116. 

27. Parse the pronouns in the following : 

Who is that boy, and what books does he study? Gr. p. 62, 
Exercise xlv. 



ADJECTIVES. 25 

ADJECTIVES. 

1. What is an Adjective, and for what used? Gr. p. 
54, Art. 117. 

2. How may adjectives be classified? Gr. p. 54 and 55, 
Rem. 1-3. 

3. Give an example showing that adjectives may be used 
as nouns. Gr. p. 55, Kem. 4. 

4. How are other and one declined ? Gr. p. 55, Rem. 5. 

5. What are the plurals of this and that? Gr. p. 55, 
Rem. 6. 

6. Of what is the word none composed, and what is its 
number? Gr, p. 55, Rem. 7. 

7. Of what modifications are most adjectives susceptible, 
and why? Gr. p. 55, Art. 118, 119. 

8. How many degrees of comparison are there, and what 
does each denote? Gr. p. 55 and 56, Art. 120-126. 

9. How are adjectives of one syllable compared to denote 
increase of quality? Gr. p. 56, Art. 127. 

10. If of more than ofte syllable, how are they compared? 
Gr. p. 56, Art. 128. 

11. What does the superlative most^ with the adjective a, 
express? Gr. p. 56, Art. 128, Rem. 

12. What adjectives of two syllables are often compared by 
er and est ? Gr. p. 57, Art. 129. 

13. To denote decrease of quality, how are adjectives com- 
pared? Gr. p. 57, Art. 130. 

14. Mention such adjectives as are irregularly compared. 
Gr. p. 57, Art. 131. 

15. Give an example of forming the superlative by adding 
most. Gr. p. 57, Rem. 1. 

16. How may a degree below the positive be sometimes 
expressed ? Gr. p. 57, Rem. 2. 

17. What adjectives can not be compared, and why? Gr. 
p. 57. Rem. 3. 

.18. Compare, both by increase and decrease, the following: 
stupid, many, good, great, generous, studious, large, pretty, 
iioble, hospitable, ill, near, old, and far. Gr. p. 57, Art. 
i31. 

Ex.— 3. 



26 THE EXAMINEE. 

19. Parse the adjectives in the following : 

1. The greatest men are not always tlie best men. 

2. A more beautiful landscape never was seen. 

3. Time moves on most rapid wings. 

4. We liave seen a square field of most perfect grain. 

5. The water was saltish, and the sky bluish. 

6. The smallest was hindmost. Gr. p. 58, Exercise li. 

THE VERB. 

Remarks. — The Verb is less frequently and fully comprehended 
thau any other part of speech. Its nature is as distinct as that of the 
noun, adjective, or adverb, and there is no excuse for confounding it 
with other parts of speech. But its distinctions and modifications 
are far more numerous, and are more apt to blend with one another, 
than in any other case. Hence, a greater degree of study and atten- 
tion is necessary to thoroughly master it. 

The terms Transitive and Intransitive, Regular and Irregular, Ac- 
tive and Passive, and the distinctions of Mode, Tense, Number, and 
Person, grow out 6f the nature of things, and are not less compre- 
hensible than they are scientific. Let no one, who would be a Teacher, 
aim at any thing less than a perfect mastery of the subject; and then 
there need be no fear of the result of any examination. 

1. What is a Verb? Gr. p. 60, Art. 132. 

2. Into what two kinds are they divided ? Gr. p. 60, 
Art. 133. 

3. How may the one be distinguished from the other? 
Gr. p. 60, Art. 134, 135. 

4. Which of these classes requires both a subject and an 
object? Gr. p. 60, Art. 136. 

5. What is generally requisite in using the intra^isitive 
verb ? Gr. p. 60, Art. 137. 

6. What modijications ot properties belong to verbs? Gr. 
p. 61, Art. 138. 

7. In what respect may person and number be said to be 
long to verbs? Gr. p. 61, Art. 139, 140. 

8. What forms of the verb have no person and number ? 
Gr. p. 61, Art. 140, Rem. 

MODE. 

9. Define Mode, and show what it means in relation to 
verbs. Gr. p. 62, Art. 141, 142. 



TENSE. * 27 

.10. How many, and what modes are in general use? Gr. 
p. 62, Art. 143. 

11. For what is the Indicative Mode used, and why is it 
so called ? Gr. p. 62, Art. 144, 145. 

12. What does the Potential Mode denote, and why is it 
so called? Gr. p. 63, Art. 146, 147. 

13. What are the siffns of the potential mode ? Gr. p. 
63, Art. 147. 

14. What is the office of the Subjunctive Mode, and why 
is it so designated? Gr. p. 63, Art. 148, 149. 

15. How are the tenses of this mode formed, and what is its 
sign ? Gr. p. 63, Art. 150 and Rem. 

16. How does the Imperative Mode represent an action, 
and why is it so called ? Gr. p. 64, Art. 151, 152. 

17. In what way does the Infinitive Mode express an 
action? Gr. p. 64, Art. 153. 

18. What is the sign of the infinitive mode? Gr. p. 64, 
Art. 154, Eem. 

19. Describe the Participial Mode, or Participle. Gr. 
p. 65, Art. 155. 

20. What is the propriety of designating the participle as 
the participial modcy and how is it parsed ? Gr. p. 65, Art. 
156, N. and Rem. 2. 

21. Besides these general modes of expressing an action, 
how are more particular ones denoted ? Gr. p. 65, Gen. Rem. 

22. Give the verb study in the third per. sing, of each of 
the modes. Gr. p. 65, Exercise LV. 

TENSE. 

23. What does Tense in relation to grammar mean ? P. 
QQ, Art. 157. 

24. What is the propriety of this term ? P. QQ^ Art. 158. 

25. How many and what general divisions of time are there ? 
P. QQ, Art. 159. 

26. What divisions are indicated by the following? 
I teacli; I taught; I will teach. P. 67, Exercise lvii. 

27. How many, and what tenses are arranged under these 
three general divisions ? P. 67, Art. 160. 



28 TH:fi EXAMINER. 

28. What reasons can be given for this arrangement? P, 
67, Art. 161. 

29. What does the Present Tense denote, and what particu- 
lars does it include grammatically? P. 68, Art. 162 and Rem. 

30. What does the First Past Tense denote? P. 68, 
Art. 163. 

31. What does the Second Past Tense denote? P. 69, 
Art. 164. 

32. What is the sign of this tense? P. 69, Rem. 1. 

33. What objections are there to calling this the present per- 
fect tense ? P. 69, Rem. 2. 

34. To what period of time may this tense refer? P. 69, 
Rem. 3,-1, 2, 3, 4. 

35. What time is denoted by the Third Past Tense, and 
what is its sign? P. 69, Art. 165, Rem. 1. 

36. What does the First Future Tense denote, and what 
is its sign ? P. 70, Art. 166 and Rem. 

37. Describe the Second Future Tense and its sign. P. 
70, Art. 167, Rem. 1. 

38. Explain the proper usage and force of shall and will, 
in connection with this tense. P. 70, Rem. 2, 3, 4. 

39. How are more particular distinctions of time indicated ? 
P. 71, Gen. Rem. 

40. Give the verb seek in each of the tenses of the indica- 
tive mode. P. 71, Exercise LX. 

41. Name the tenses of the potential mode. P. 71, Art. 168. 

42. Give the verb learn in each of the tenses of the poten- 
tial mode, third per. sing, P, 71, Art. 168. 

43. Give the same verb in all the .tenses of the subjunctive 
mode, third per. sing. P. 72, Art. 169. 

44. What peculiarities are there in some of the tenses of 
this mode? P. 72, Art. 169, Rem. 1, 2. 

45. What are the tenses of the imperative mode ? P. 72, 
Art. 170. 

46. How does it appear that the only tense of the impera- 
tive mode is not the present tense? P. 72, Art. 170, Rem. 1. 

47. How many persons has the imperative mode, and why? 
P. 72, Art. 170, Rem. 2. 



VOICE. 29 

48. What are the tenses of the infinitive mode? P. 72, 
ARt. 171. 

49. What, of the participial mode ? P. 73, Art. 172. 

AUXILIARY VERBS. 

50. What are Auxiliary Verbs, and why are they so 
called? P. 73, Art. 173, 174. 

51. Name as many of them as you can, specifying the tenses 
in which they are respectively used. P. 73, Art. 175. 

CONJUGATION OF A VERB. 

52. What is meant by the Conjugation of a verb ? P. 
73, Art. 176. 

53. What is the propriety of the use of the term? P. 73, 
Art. 177. 

54. What is the short method of conjugating a verb? P. 
73, Art. 178. 

55. Conjugate learn and go, according to the latter method. 
P. 73, Exercise LXI. 

56. Grive the verb walk through all its modes, tenses, num- 
bers, and persons. P. 74-76, Art. 179. 

57. Describe the progressive and emphatic forms of using 
verbs. P. 77, Art. 180, 181. 

58. What is the interrogative form ? P. 77, Art. 182. 

59. Parse the verbs in the following: 

Had he known his danger, he would have been on his guard. P. 
77, Exercise lxii. 

REGULAR AND IRREGULAR VERBS. 

60. What is a Regular Verb? P. 81, Art. 183. 

61. Define an Irregular Verb. P. 82, Art. 184. 

62. Which of the following verbs are regular, and which 
Irregular : awahe, learn, heat, huild, forgive, share, save, bend, 
have, return, wrife, cost, dwell? P. 82-84, Art. 185. 

VOICE. 

63. What is VoiOE as used in grammar? P. 85, Art. 

186, 187. 



30 THE EXAMINER. 

64. What verbs have two voices, and how are these voices 
designated? P. 85, Art. 188. 

65. How would you distinguish between the active and 
passive voices? P. 85, Art. 189, 190. 

QQ. Why is the passive voice so designated? P. 85, 

Art. 191. 

67. In changing the active voice into the passive, what is 
the effect on the subject and object of the verb respectively? 
P. 86, Rem. 1. 

68. What verbs only have voice, and why? P. 86, Rem. 2. 

69. Change the active voice to the passive, and the passive 
voice to the active, in the following: 

I crossed the lake. The avaricious are never satisfied. P. 86, 
Exercise lxxiii, lxxiv. 

70. Grive the verb to he, and the passive voice of the verb 
desire through all their modes and tenses. P. 87-93, Art. 
193. 

71. What are Defective Verbs? P. 96, Art. 195. 

72. Mention as many of them as you can. P. 96, Art. 
196. 

73. Define a Unipersonal Verb. P. 96, Art. 197. 

74. Why are they so designated? P. 96, Art. 198. 

75. By what other name are they designated by other gram- 
marians? P. 96, Rem. 1. 

76. With what kind of verbs are methinhs, methought, me- 
seems, to be classed? P. 97, Rem. 3. 

77. Define a Compound Verb, and show how it should be 
parsed. P. 97, Art. 199. 

78. Are such verbs as overjiow, withstand, etc., compound 
verbs or not? P. 97, Art. 199, Rem. 

79. Parse the verbs in the following : 

In summer it often rains, and it becomes us not to expose our- 
selves unnecessarily. 

THE ADVERB. 

1. What is an Adverb? P. 99, Art. 200. 

2. Under what heads are adverbs arranged? P. 99, 
Rem. 1. 



INTERJECTION. 31 

3. What is a Conjunctive Adverb ? P. 99, Art. 200, 
Rem. 2. 

4. When are certain adverbs termed expletives? P. 99, 
Art. 200, Rem. 3. 

5. How are adverbs formed from adjectives and nouns? 
P. 99, Art. 200, Rem. 4. 

6. Define an adverbial phrase. P. 100, Rem. 5. 

7. Of what modifications are adverbs susceptible? P. 
100, Art. 201. 

8. Compare soon^ well, wisely, manfully, much, and sud- 
denly. P. 100, Art. 201. 

9. Parse the adverbs in the following : 

Study perseveringly and you will triumph most assuredly. P. 
100, Exercise lxxxi. 

THE PREPOSITION. 

1. Define a Preposition, and describe its nature and uses. 
P. 101, Art. 202 and Exp. 

2. In such expressions as " Ood dwells above," "He looks 
around," what are above and aroicnd? P. 101, Rem. 2. 

3. How are prepositions sometimes contracted ? P. 101, 
Rem. 3. 

THE CONJUNCTION. 

1. What is a Conjunction? P. 102, Art. 203. 

2. How does the office of prepositions differ from that of 
conjunctions? P. 102, Art. 203, Rem. 

THE INTERJECTION. 

1. What is an Interjection? P. 102, Art. 204. 

2. What are the grammatical relations of interjections? 
P. 102, Art. 204, Rem. 1. 

3. How may other parts of speech become interjections? 
P. 102, Art. 204, Rem. 2. 

4. Mention the different parts of speech for which., the 
following words are used : play, prese^it, as, but, since, much, 
save, than, tvhat, yet, then, either, however, and worth. P. 
103, Art. 205. 



32 THE EXAMINER. 

SYNTAX. 

1. Of what does Syntax treat, and what is the meaning 
of the term ? P. 108, Art. 213, 214. 

2. Define first a sentence, then a phrase. P. 108, Art. 
215, 216. 

3. What two topics are embraced in syntax? P. 108, 
Art. 217. 

ANALYSIS. 

Remarks. — Among those who have given little or no attention to 
Analysis, there seems to be a prejudice against it. Hence, it not 
unfrequently happens that pupils and candidates parse well, but analyze 
miserably. Yet, the latter is not less important or useful than the 
former. It is quite as scholarly to be able to tell what the subject 
of a sentence is, as what its nominative is; to be able to select from a 
complicated sentence all that belongs to the subject, and all that be- 
longs to the attribute or predicate, and to arrange and dispose of each 
in a neat and scientific manner. 

The grammarian, who, in parsing, quickly and correctly distin- 
guishes adjectives and adverbs, and assigns them their proper places 
as qualifiers, does well. But does not he do better, who also, in ana- 
lyzing, can distinguish at once every adjective modifier and every 
adverbial modifier, however numerous and varied the words composing 
them, and assign to each its appropriate office as a constituent ele- 
ment of the sentence ? 

It need hardly be added that quite as much intellectual culture 
and insight into the genius of our language must result from the 
constant practice of the latter, as of the former. 

But argument here is unnecessary. Those who would be gramma- 
rians, in the proper sense of the term, do not so much need to be 
convinced of the importance of analysis, as to be inspired with a 
determination thoroughly to memorize its definitions, master its prin- 
ciples, and apply both in persevering practice. Let the candidate do 
this, and his prejudice, and conscious inabilit}^ too, will vanish, and 
the most difficult exercises in analysis will become an easy and pleas- 
ing task. 

1. Define Analysis. P. 109, Art. 218. 

2. What is meant by the analysis of a sentence, and why 
is it so called? P. 109, Art. 219, 220. 

3. How are w6rds treated, respectively, under Etymology 
and under Analysis? P. 109, Art. 220, Exp. 



ANALYSIS. 33 

4. What is the smallest number of words of which a sen- 
tence can consist? P. 109, Art. 221. 

5. What are the Essential Elements of a sentence? 
P. 109, Art. 221. 

6. How may these be modified ? P. 109, 110, Art. 221. 

7. By what terms are these modifiers called? P. 110, 
2 and Exp. 

8. When words are used merely for the purpose of con- 
necting other words, what are they called? P. 110, 3 and 
Exp. 

9. What other class of words is not included in these 
three, and what are they called? P. 110, 4. 

10. Into what four kinds may words be divided, analytically 
considered? P. Ill, Art. 222. 

11. What is to be understood by the essential elements of 
a sentence ? P. Ill, Art. 223. 

12. Define the Subject of a sentence, and give an exam- 
ple. P. Ill, Art. 224. 

13. What do you understand by the Attribute, or Predi- 
cate, of a sentence? P. Ill, Art. 225. 

14. Designate the subject and attribute, respectively, of the 
following sentences : 

The flower grows. The race is extinct. Have you heard? Where 
is virtue? God is love. The earth is round. Shall we go? He 
brought good news. P. Ill, Art. 226. 

15. Designate the modifiers in the following sentences : 

A tall person is very conspicuous. Constitutional questions gener- 
ally require much and patient investigation. P. 113, Art. 227. 

16. Point out the connecting elements, or connectives, in 
the following sentences : 

The General sailed from Boston, landed at Annapolis, and passing 
through Baltimore, came with great speed to Washington. 

By climbing up three flights of stairs, he reached the upper story, 
and passed through the skylight on to the roof. 

What a world of mystery is this in which we live! I strain my 
eyes, and yet the sight reaches but a very little way; but within the 
compass of that little, I see God working in every thing for the good 
of them that love him. P. 114, Art. 228, Rem. 



34 THE EXAMINER. 

17. Point out the Independent Elements in the fol- 
lowin 



CD 



My son! be not weary in well doing. There was one good man 
there. Alas! that we are so negligent! P. 115, Art. 229, and Exp. 

18. How many, and what kinds of sentences are there? 
P. 115, Art. 230. 

19. Define a Simple Sentence. P. 115, Art. 231. 

20. Describe first the grammatical, and second the general 
subject of a sentence. P. 116, Art. 233, 236. 

21. Why is the grammatical subject so designated? P. 
116, Art. 234. 

22. Of what must the grammatical subject consist? P. 
116, Art. 235, and Exp. 

23. How does the general subject differ from the grammat- 
ical? P. 117, Art. 236. 

24. Why is the general subject so called, and why is this 
designation preferable to logical subject? P. 117, Art. 
236, 237, and Exp. 

25. Point out the grammatical and general subjects in the 

following sentences : 

All truly competent teachers will succeed. Small wages usually 
procure small abilities. The hope of doing good is a powerful motive 
to action. P. 117, Art. 238. 

26. When is the subject both grammatical and general ? 
P. 117, Art. 238, Rem. 

27. By what may the grammatical subject be modified? 
P. 117, 118, Art. 239,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6. 

28. Give a sonlonce illustrating each of the subject modi- 
fiers. P. 118, Art. 240, Exercises. 

29. How are suhject modifiers themselves modified ? P. 
119, Art. 241,-1, 2, 3, and 4. 

30. Give four examples illustrating this. P. 120, Exer- 
cise XCIII. 

31. Describe the attribute of a sentence. P. 121, Art. 242. 

32. What is the grammatical attribute, and why is it so 
called? P. 121, Art. 243, 244. 

33. Of what may the grammatical attribute consist? P. 
121,-1, 2, 3, Rem. and Exp. 



ANALYSIS. 35 

34. What is the general (or logical) attribute of a sentence, 
and why is it so called? P. 123, Art. 247, 248, N. 

35. Point out the general and grammatical attributes in the 
following sentences : 

Scliool teaching is laborious. Every competent teacher understands 
his business. True education contemplates the thorough culture both 
of the mind and heart. P. 123, Art. 249, and Rem. 

36. How may the grammatical attribute be modified ? P. 
124, Art. 250,— 1,, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and Rem. 

37. Analyze the following sentences : 

We should aim to cultivate all our faculties, mental and moral. 
Pupils should be taught to enunciate all the vowel and consonant 
sounds distinctly, and with facility. The power of genius in teachers 
or pupils can never supersede the necessity of industry and perse- 
verance. P. 124, 125, Exercise xcv. 

38. How may words in the independent case be modified? 
P. 125, Art. 251. 

39. Which are the modifiers of the independent case in the 
following ? 

May success attend you, my beloved pupils! P. 125, Exercise 

xcvi. 

40. What directions can you give to aid pupils in acquiring 
a clear and systematic method of analysis? P. 126^ 128, 
Rem. 1 and 2, and Exp. 

41. Define a Complex Sentence. P. 128, Art. 252, 
and Rem. 

42. What term is applied to such sentences by others? 
P. 128, Art. 254, Rem. 

43. Write and analyze three complex sentences. P. 129, 
Exercise xcix. 

44. What is a Compound Sentence? P. 131, Art. 255. 

45. How are simple or complex sentences united to form 
compound ones? P. 131, Art. 256, — 1, 2, 3. 

46. What are the sentences forming compound sentences 
sometimes called? P. 131, Art. 257. 

47. Describe a dependent member^ and a leading clause. 
P. 131, Art. 258, 259. 



36 THE EXAMINEE. 

48. Analyze tlie following sentence : 

I do not intend, Iby the introduction of these remarks, to impute to 
the author any thing more or less than what his own words imply; 
except those inaccuracies and deficiencies which still disgrace his 
work as a literary performance, and which, of course, escaped his 
notice. P. 132, Kem. 1, and Exercise cii. 

49. Define an Abridged Sentence. P. 134, Art. 
260. 

50. How may sentences be abridged? P. 134, 135, Art. 
261. 

51. Analyze and parse tlie following: 

His being a miserable scholar is no wonder. The sun rising, the 
clouds were scattered. P. 135, Exercise cm. 

SYNTHESIS. 

1. Define Synthesis, and give tbe meaning of the term. 
P. 137, Art. 262, 263. 

2. What does it include? P. 137, Art. 264. 

3. By what term is the relation of words to each other 
expressed? P. 138, Art. 265. 

4. What is meant by the government and agreement of 
words ? P. 138, Art. 266, 267. 

5. What words are tinderstood in the following? 

Teachers must be examined in Reading, Writing, Geography, 
Arithmetic, and English Grammar. P. 138, 139, Art. 270. 

6. Define Ellipsis in grammar. P. 138, Art. 268, 269. 

RULE I.— APPOSITION. 

7. When a noun or a pronoun is added to explain another 
noun, by what rule is the former parsed? P. 141, E. I, 
Exp. and Rem. 

8. Analyze and parse the following : 

The most powerful nations of Europe — France, Russia, Spain, and 
Germany, were in league with one another. P. 141, Exercise civ 

9. Correct where necessary the following : 

I receiyed a letter fi'om my uncle, him that was here lately. Den- 
nis, the gardener, him that gave me the flowers yesterday, has prom- 
ised another bouquet. P. 143, Exercise cv. 



CASE. 37 

RULE II.— POSSESSIVE CASE. 

10. "What is tlie rule to J)e applied in parsing the posses- 
sive case? P. 14:4, E.. ii. 

11. In what circumstances is the governing noun understood 
or omitted? P. 144, Rem. 1, 2. 

12. What directions can you give for the use or omission 
of the sign ('s) of the possessive? P. 145, Rem. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. 

13. Correct the following where necessary : 

Mans chief end is to glorify God and enjoy him forever. The 
books are neither her's, nor their' s, nor our's. After my friend leav- 
ing, I returned. Jane's sister's husband's house is convenient. The 
boy was rewarded for his constantly obeying. We were for our parts 
much gratified. Were John's and Mary's parents the same? John 
and Jame's books were lost. P. 148, Exercise cviii. 

14. Analyze and parse the following : 

Touched by thy hand, the picture's beauty fully appears. P. 146, 
Exercise cvii. 

RULE III.— OBJECTIVE CASE. 

15. Give the rule for the government of the objective case 
by a transitive verh. P. 149, R. ill. 

16. Grive an example of a transitive verb governing two 
objective cases. P. 149, Rem. 1, and Exp. 

17. In what instances do intransitive verbs govern the object- 
ive case? P. 149, Rem. 2. 

18. Give an example of the passive voice being followed by 
the objective case. P. 149, Rem. 3. 

19. In what circumstances are transitive verbs used int^-ansi- 
tivelyf P. 149, Rem. 4. 

20. Give suitable examples, showing that an infinitive, a 
phrase, or a sentence, may be the object of a transitive verb. 
P. 150, Rem. 5, and Exp. 

21v When does the ohjective case become the subject of a 
Terb? P. 150, Rem. 6, and Exp. 
22. Analyze and parse the following : 

He once studied grammar, but he has forgotten much of what he 
once knew. P. 150, Exercise ex. 

^23. Correct the following where necessary : 

Who shall we send? The teachers allowed my brother and 1 to 



38 THE EXAMINER. 

leave. He that is idle and listless, reprove sharply. Being weary- 
he sat him down. We were shown several beautiful pictures. These 
are friends who we should cordially receive. , P. 151, 152, Exer- 
cise CXI. 

RULE IV.— PREPOSITIONS. 

24. What rule applies to the government of the objective 
case after prepositions f P. 153, E,. IV. 

25. Give three examples showing that prepositions may be 
understood. P. 153, Rem. 1. 

26. What other office besides governing do prepositions 
perform? P. 153, Rem. 2. 

27. Grive examples showing that infinitives, phrases, and 
sentences may be objects of prepositions. P. 153, Rem. 3. 

28. In what circumstances is tlian a preposition ? P. 153, 
Rem. 4. 

29. Analyze and parse the following : 

After studying one evening very late at night, on a very difficult 
problem, I fell into a restless sleep, in which I dreamed for a long 
time of promising him my best efforts to make a picture like his, and 
worth as much at least. P. 153, Exercise cxiii. 

30. Correct the following where necessary: 

Between you and I, let there be no quarrel. I know no one who 
I lent the book to. Education is finding its way among every kind of 
persons. P. 155, Errors and Exp. 

RULE v.— INDEPENDENT CASE. 

31. State the rule applicable to the independent case. 
P. 156, R. V. 

32. Analyze and parse the following : 

Our patriot forefathers! what think ye of these times? P. 156, 
Exercise cxvi. 

RULE VI.— PRONOUNS. 

33. State the rule for the agreement of pronouns with their 
antecedents. P. 158, R. VI. 

34. Where there are two or more antecedents, what should 
be the number of the pronoun, and with which should it 
agree in person? P. 158, 159, Rem. 1, 2, 3, 4. 

35. When is the pronoun it used without any obvious ante- 
cedent? P. 159, Rem. 5, 6, and Exp. 



ADJECTIVES. 39 

36. Grive an example in which it may have a sentence, and 
-which a name, as antecedent. P. 159, Kem. 6, and Exp. 

37. Which of the pronouns are often used without ante- 
cedents? P. 159, Rem. 7. 

38. When may a singuhir antecedent have a singular or 
plural pronoun referring to it? P. 159, Hem. 8. 

39. When inanimate objects are personified, of what gender 
should the pronouns referring to them be ? P. 160, Rem. 10. 

40. What is true of the gender of the pronoun in interrog- 
ative sentences? P. 160, Rem. 11. 

41. On what does the co.se of pronouns depend ? P. 160, 
Rem. 12. 

42. Analyze and parse the following : 

He, who first taught the principles of Christianity, knew well what, 
would be the consequences. P. 160, Exercise cxviii. 

43. Correct the following where necessary: 

Every teacher must pursue their own course. What he did, he now 
regrets it. He caught the monkey whom I bought. She has two sis- 
ters, one of which I saw. Virtue and religion seek to extend itself. 
Neither Mary nor Jane will show themselves to-day. The office and 
its emoluments whom he gained, availed him nothing. Who is he who 
arrived to-day? P. 161, 162, Exercise cxix. 

RULE VII.— ADJECTIVES. 

44. What rule applies to adjectives? P. 163, R. vii, 
and Exp. 

45. Grive tliree examples showing that the adjective may be 
understood, or may be used as a noun. P. 163, Rem. 1, 
and Exp. 

46. Show by example that the adjective may qualify a word, 
phrase, or sentence, used as a noun. P. 163, Rem. 2, and 
Exp. 

47. How may adjectives be used abstractly? P. 164, 
Rem. 3, and Exp. 

48. What is the proper usage of this and that^ when they 
point out objects near or remote? P. 164, Rem. 4. 

49. Which adjectives require nouns with a singular mean- 
ing? P. 164, Rem. 5, and N. 



40 THE EXAMINER. 

50. Explain the peculiar use of many with a. P. 164, 
Kem. 6. 

51. What class of nouns retains the singular form with a 
'plural meaning, and when? P. 164, Rem. 7. 

-52. Give examples showing that a plural noun with its 
adjective may be used in a singular sense. P. 164, Rem. 8. 

53. What is the proper usage of the word oiiearts with thh 
and that, these and those? P. 164, Rem. 8, N. 

54. Show how an adjective may qualify another adjective and 
noun conjointly, or another adjective. P. 165, Rem. 9, and 
Exp. 

55. In what circumstances are adjectives used, wholly or in 
part, adverhiaUyf P. 165, Rem. 10, and Exp. 

56. Where things are compared, when are the comparative 
and superlative used respectively? P. 165, Rem. 11. 

57. In what respect are participles parsed like adjectives? 
P. 165, Rem. 12. 

58. Analyze and parse the following: 

The intelligent and zealous teacher watches every favorable oppor- 
tunity to encourage studious habits and right feelings in the minds 
and hearts of his pupils. 

59. Correct the following where necessary: 

Bring me them scissors. The cars have been known to run sixty 
mile an hour. Pupils should be polite to each othei*. Which of the* 
two is the oldest. Of the four, the j^ounger was the more remarkable. 
He is the chiefest apostle. He built a new elegant house. He spoke 
very fluent, and read appropriately. Tell them girls to come quick. 
Let each one come forward in their turn. Did either of the scholars 
help you? P. 167, 168, 

RULE VIII.— NOMINATIVE CASE. 

60. .What rule applies to the disposal of the nominative 
case? P. 169, R. Viii, and Exp. 

61. In what mode of the verb is the nominative generally 
understood? P. 169, Rem. 1. 

62. Of what may the nominative consist? P. 169, Rem. 2. 
Q^. What must be the number of the verb having two or 

more nouns taken together as nominatives? P. 169, Rem. 
3, and N. 



NOMINATIVE CASE. 41 

64. If the nominatives are of different persons, witli which 
must the verb agree ? P. 170, N. 2. 

65. When two or more nominatives in the singular are con- 
sidered separately, of what number must the verb be? P. 
170, Ftem. 4. 

66. If the nominatives are of different persons or numbers, 
what rule regulates the verb in these respects? P. 170, 
Rem. 4, ^. . 

67. Of what number must the verb be, when the nomina- 
tive is a noun of multitude ? P. 170, Rem. 5. 

68. Describe the nominative absolute. P. 170, Rem. 6. 

69. With which does the verb agree, when it has a nomin- 
ative both before and after it? P. 170, Rem. 7. 

70. Analyze and parse the following : 

The nation rose as one man, and went forth to meet the enemy. 
The teacher having been examined, received her certificate. The 
pupils having recited, the teacher went home. P. 171, Exercise 

CXXIV. 

71. Correct the following where necessary : 

They was taken suddenly. The choice of officers were deferred. 
That it is the duty of the teacher both to teach and govern, admit of 
no doubt. The committee was divided in opinion. There are a drove 
of cattle. Patience and perseverance conquers all things. Industry, 
•not idle habits, are to be commended. Every lesson and every recita- 
tion tend to strengthen and enlarge the mind. Intelligence with 
refinement and religion adorn her character. Neither you nor I is 
concerned in it. P. 172, Errors, and Exercise cxxv. 

72. What verbs have the same case after as before them, 
and when ? P. 174, R. ix, and Exp. 

73. What terms may be applied to the noun after the verb? 
P. 174, Rem. 1. 

74. Are the nominatives hefore and after the verb always 
arranged in the same way? P. 174, Rem. 2. 

75. How would you parse tlae word orator in the following 
expressions? 

To be an orator requires practice. To be thought an orator is 
pleasant. His being an orator gives him influence. His being thought 
an orator is strange. P. 174, 175, Rem. 3, 4. 
Ex.— 4. 



42 THE EXAMINER. 

76. Analyze and parse the following : 

English grammar is not a difficult study, if systematically pursued. 
We think it a profitable study. Its being thought a difficult study 
has created a prejudice against it. P. 175, Exercise cxxvii. 

77. Correct the following where necessary: 

We thought it was him. Whom do men say that I am? It was not 
me, but it was them. Who do you think it to be? P. 176, Exer- 
cise CXXVIII. 

RULE X.— INFINITIVE MODE. 

78. What is the rule for the government of the infinitive 
mode? P. 177, K. X. 

79. In what other way may the infinitive be governed? 
P. 177, Rem. 1. 

80. In what circumstances is it used independently? P. 
177, Hem. 2. 

81. After what verbs is the sign to omitted? P. 177, 
Rem. 3. 

82. When the infinitive takes a subject, in what case is 
that subject? P. 177, Rem. 4. 

83. When is the infinitive used as a noun ? P. 177, 178, 
Rem. 5. 

84. Analyze and parse the following: 

Pupils should always be required to study what is most profitable, 
all things considered ; and the teacher should require them to be 
thoroughly studied. P. 178, Exercise cxxx. 

85. Correct the following where necessary : 

No one need to consider himself neglected. Y/ho that knows the 
truth dares to deny it? He wished to have had the pleasure of seeing 
you. We all expected to have done diflferently. P. 179, 180, Errors 
1, 2, 3, and Exp. 

RULE XI.— PARTICIPLES. *" 

86. What is the rule for parsing participles? P. 181, 
R. XI, 1, 2, 3, 4, and Exp. 

87. What else can you state as to the proper grammatical 
usage, in respect to participles? P. 181, Rem. 1, 2, 3, 4, 
and Exp. 

88. Analyze and parse the following: 

In pursuing a course of study, under a well educated instructor, 



ADVERBS— CONJUNCTIONS. 43 

there is both pleasure and profit; and, having accomplished our task, 
we may be contented. 

89. Correct tlie following where necessary: 

By discussing of this subject we shall get at the truth. I have 
never saw him, but she seen him yesterday. He fell into the water, 
and was drownded. A careful teacher will not allow any shirking 
in study. I had rather lose my right hand than do it. What harm 
in women knowing these things? P. 183, 185, Errors, Exercises. 

RULE XII.— ADVERBS. 

90. What is the rule for parsing adverbs ? P. 186, R. xii. 

91. Show how adverbs may qualify prepositions, and be 
used as nouns. P. 186, 187, Rem. 1, 2, and Exp. 

92. What is true of the qualifying power of the adverbs 
yes, no, and amen? P. 187, Rem. 3. 

93. What is the effect of two negatives in the same sentence 
or clause? P. 187, Rem. 4, and Exp. 

94. Analyze and parse the following : 

Gradually, though often imperceptibly, the boy grew in stature. 
P. 187, Exercise cxxxvii. 

95. Correct the following where necessary: 

He lived useful, and died peaceful. That lesson was easy got. 
Agreeable to his promise, he came. The words sounded harshly. He 
was brought into a dilemma, where he had cause to be alarmed. It is 
still uncertain whether he will succeed or no. He spoke words suit- 
ably to them. P. 188, 189, Errors and Exercises. 

RULE XIII.— CONJUNCTIONS. 

96. What is the rule for conjunctions? P. 190, R. xni. 

97. What offices in common do relative pronouns and con- 
junctive adverbs perform? P. 190, Rem. 2. 

98. Which conjunctions sometimes denote apposition? P. 
191, Rem. 3. 

99. Give the conjunctions that are generally used as cor- 
related pairs. P. 191, Rem. 4. 

100. Analyze and parse the following: 

Let there be no quarrel between ourselves and our neighbors, 
because we are all members of the same great family, and no one can 
justly set himself up as entitled to more consideration than another. 
P. 191, Exercise cxl. 



44 THE EXAMINER. 

101. Correct the following where necessary: 

Mary was a good scholar, and even better than Kate. I can get 
neither this lesson or that. I wish you may learn rapidly. I could 
not desire but he might come. He has little more of the man besides 
the name. I am not certain if he be the man. P. 192, 193, Errors 
and Exercises. 

102. What is to be particularly observed in the construe* 
tion of sentences ? P. 194, R. xiv. 

ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 

103. "What should generally be the position of the nomina- 
tive and its dependent words, in relation to the verb? P. 
199, R. I. 

104. What are the principal exceptions to this rule? P. 
199, 200, Exc. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. 

105. What should be the position of the 'possessive in rela- 
tion to the governing word generally? P. 200, E. ii, and 
Rem. 

106. What should be the position of the objective in rela- 
tion to its verb or preposition? P. 200, R. lii. 

107. What exceptions are there to this rule ? P. 200, Exc. 

108. In what case may a preposition be at a greater or less 
distance from the object? P. 200, Rem. 

109. What is the position generally of the independent case 
in a sentence ? P. 200, R. iv. 

110. What is the position of one noun in apposition, in 
relation to the other? P. 201, R. v. 

111. When pronouns of different persons occur in the same 
sentence, what position should they occupy respectively ? P. 

201, R. VI. 

112. How should the relative pronoun stand in relation to 
its antecedent? P. 201, R. vil. 

113. What is the proper position of the relative that in 
relation to its governing word? P. 202, R. vill. 

114. Interrogative pronouns should generally occupy what 
place in sentences ? P. 202, R. ix. 

115. What is the usual position of the adjective? P. 

202, R. X. 



PUNCTUATION. 45 

116. What are the exceptions to this rule ? P. 202, 203, 
Exc. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. 

117. What is the relative authority for such expressions as 
the " two last,." the " tiao first" and the " last two" and the 
''first two?" P. 203, Exp. 

118. What is the position generally of tJie, an, a, in relation 
to other adjectives? P. 203, R. xi. 

119. What exception to this? P. 203, Exc. 

120. What rule regulates the position of participles ? P. 

203, R. XII. 

121. On what does the difference of idea depend in such 
phrases as the following? 

A new pair of shoes, and a pair of new shoes; gentlemen's black 
gloves, and black gentlemen's gloves. P. 203, R. xiii. 

122. What rule applies to the position of the verb in rela- 
tion to its subject and object? P. 204, R. xiv. 

123. What is the place generally of the infinitive mode in 
relation to its governing word ? P. 204, R. xv. 

124. What direction should be given for the position of the 
adverb ? P. 204, R. xvi. 

125. What are the prominent exceptions to this rule ? P. 

204, 205, Exc. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. 

126. What should be the position of the preposition? 
P. 205, R. XVII. 

127. What is the usual position of conjunctions in relation 
to the sentences or words they connect? P. 205, R. xvili, 
and Rem. 

PUNCTUATION. 

1. Of what does Punctuation treat ? P. 206, Art. 272. 

2. What do the marJcs or points in composition denote ? 
P. 206, Art. 272. 

3. Make, and write opposite their names, respectively, the 
characters denoting pauses. P. 206, Art. 272. 

4. What pauses are required in short sentences? P. 
206, R. I. 

5. By what pause are the members of compound sen- 
tences separated? P. 206, R. ii. 



46 THE EXAMINER. 

6. Punctuate the following : 

That journey is long -wliicli comes not to an end. 

7. In what circumstances should a Comma precede the 
verb in simple sentences ? P. 207, R. in. 

8. Punctuate the following : 

An elephant of enormous size blocked up the way. 

9. When do adverbs and adverbial phrases require the 
comma? P. 207, R. iv. 

10. Punctuate the following : 

A few teachers nevertheless appreciate the importance of correct 
punctuation. 

11. When a noun in apposition has words connected with 
it, how is it punctuated ? P. 207, R. V. 

12. Punctuate the following : 

Cicero the orator and philosopher was made consul. 

13. What punctuation is required where there is a noun 
followed by dependent words ? P. 207, R. VI. 

14. Punctuate the following : 

A pupil curious to know the reason of things is apt to be very 
inquisitive. 

15. Where a verb is understood, what must be the punctu- 
ation ? P. 207, R. VII. 

16. Punctuate the following : 

Some teachers regard their duties as a delight others a heavy task. 

17. In sentences where the nominative absolute, the infini- 
tive independent, and the case independent occur, what should 
be the punctuation? P. 207, R. viii. 

18. Punctuate the following : 

The enemy having been conquered peace was secured. To tell you 
the truth I am not prepared. Our Father who art in heaven. 

19. Where three or more words occur in the same con- 
struction, what should be the punctuation? P. 207, R. 

IX. 

20. Punctuate the following : 

She was a strict though an amiable and successful teacher. The 
Scriptures exhort reprove and urge us to obedience. 

21. Where there are only two words thus connected, and 



PUNCTUATION. 47 

the conjunction is omitted, or the words are antithetical, what 
should be the punctuation ? P. 207, R. ix, Exc. 

22. Punctuate the following : 

Honesty and uprightness are his. A river deep yet clear smooth 
yet rapid divides the country. 

23. Where pairs of words occur, what punctuation is required? 
P. 208, E. X. 

24. Punctuate the following : 

The high and the low the bond and the free the learned and the 
unlearned. 

25. In inverted clauses, what should be the punctuation? 
P. 208, R. XI. 

26. Punctuate the following : 

To most pupils grammar is apt to be irksome. 

27. In sentences containing the relative pronoun and its 
antecedent, what punctuation is proper? P. 208, R. xil. 

28. Punctuate the following : 

The teacher who is faithful in his appropriate sphere can not fail 
to be appreciated. 

29. What is the comparative length of the pause indicated 
by the Semicolon, and what general directions can you give 
for its use ? P. 208, R. xiii. 

30. Punctuate the following : 

I am monarch of all I survey 
My right there is none to dispute. 

31. What is the comparative length of the "pause indicated 
by the Colon, and what are its uses ? P. 208, R. xiv. 

32. Punctuate the following : 

Study punctuation It is of great value to be able to use it rightly 
As he drew near the close of life he said I have finished my course. 

33. What is the length relatively of the pause indicated by 
the Period, and what are its uses? P. 208, R. xv. 

34. What do the Interrogation and Exclamation points 
respectively indicate ? P. 208. 

55. Punctuate the following : 

Would you teach the young or would you lie idle Alas it is too 
late 



48 THE EXAMINER. 

36. For what is the Dash properly used ? P. 208. 

37. Grive an example illustrating its use, 

38. Make the other marks or characters used in composi- 
tion, and, in connection with each, describe as briefly as pos- 
sible its use. P. 209. 

PROSODY. 

1." Of what does Prosody treat ? P. 210. 

2. Of what does poetry consist, and how does it differ 
from prose? P. 211. 

3. What two things are requisite for poetic 'measure ? P. 

211, 1st, 2d. 

4. How many, and what kinds of poetry are there ? P. 211. 

5. What is the meaning of verse? P. 211. 

6. Define each of the following poetic terms : a couplet or 
distich, a triplet^ a stanza^ and a foot, P. 211. 

7. On what does the poetic /ooi{ 'depend in Latin and Greek 
poetry? P. 211. 

8. In English poetry, what determines the kind of feet? 
P. 211. 

9. How many and what Jcinds of poetic feet are there? 
P. 211. 

10. Which of these are most in use? P. 212, Exp. 

11. Of what kind of feet is the Trochaic verse composed, 
where does the accent fall, and to what class of subjects is it 
adapted? P. 212. 

12. Describe 'Iambic verse, and the style to which it is 
adapted. P. 212. 

13. How many syllables are contained in one line of this 
kind of verse, and to which of bur meters does it correspond ? 
P. 212. 

14. When a line or verse ccfntains five Iambic feet, what 
kind of measure is it called? P. 212. 

15. When a line contains six feet, what is it called ? P. 

212, Iambic verse, 6, Exp. 

16. When seven feet, what? and when divided into lines of 
four or three feet alternately, to which of our higher meters 
does it correspond? P. 213. 



PROSODY. 49 

17. Describe AnapesHc verse, and give an example to illus- 
trate its nature and accent. P. 213. 

18. Describe, and illustrate by example, Dactylic verse. 
P. 213. 

19. Describe poetry composed of mixed feet. P. 213. 

20. Are there other pauses to be observed in poetry besides 
those indicated by the usual pause marks, and if so, what are 
they called, where applied, and for what purpose ? P. 214. 

21. What is meant by Poetic License, and how is it applied 
in practice? P. 214. 

DEFINITIONS. 

Define the following words : 

1. Straight and strait; foul and fowl; bruise and brews; 
broach and brooch; steak and stake; gait and gate; loan and 
lone. 

2. Awl and all ; quire and choir ; dye and die ; style and 
stile ; great and grate ; peak and pique and peek ; canon and 
cannon. 

3. Carat and carrot; seller and cellar; rice and rise; prin- 
ciple and principal ; lean and lien ; auger and augur ; raised 
and razed ; pier and peer. 

ABBREVIATIONS. 

Define the Abbreviations in the first column, and give the 
abbreviations for the terms in the second : 

1. A. B. 1. Africa. 

2. A. M. 2. Austria. 

3. A. C. 3. Canada East. 

4. A. D. 4. British America. 
6. B. D. 6. Denmark. 

6. Ad Lib. 6. England. 

7. D. G. 7. Germany. 

8. D. D. 8. Great Britain. 

9. e. g. 9. Greece. 

10. et al. 10. Italy. 

11. H. ,J. C. 11. London. 

12. Ibid. 12. North America. 

13. Id. 13. Nova Scotia. 

14. i. e. 14. Porto Rico. 

Ex.— 5. 



50 THE EXAMINER. 

15. I. H. S. 15. South America. 

16. I. N. R. I. 16. January. 

17. LL. D. 17. April. 

18. M. D. 18. September. 

19. Nem. Con. 19. October. 

20. P. M. 20. November. 

21. P. S 2i; December. 

22. Q. E. D. * 22. New Orleans. 

23. q. V. 23. Long Island. 

24. U. S. A. 24. Baltimore. 

25. Al. 25. Washington Territory. 

26. Del. 26. Vermont. 

27. la. 27. Pennsylvania. 

28. Neb. 28. Oregon. 

29. N. Y. 29. Doctor of Sacred Theology. 

30. N. H. 30. Guatimala. 

31. L. I. 31. Norway. 

32. Mo. 32. Dakota. 

33. Md. 33. Ireland. 

34. Ind. 34. Postscript. 

35. Ky. 35. Unknown. 

36. Or. 36. Afternoon. 

37. Tex. 37. Forenoon. 

38. Prox. 38. New England. 

39. Ult. 39. East Indies. 

40. Inst. 40, New Brunswick. 

Remarks. — In concluding Part I of the Examiner, it may not be 
5!*aproper to remark, that a great majority of candidates display a 
lamentable degree of ignorance, or a censurable disregard, of punciua- 
tion and the proper use of capitals. 

A manuscript, thus written, carries its own condemnation with it; 
for, if it be meritorious in other respects, its blemishes here are not 
only intolerable in themselves, but they force upon the Examiner the 
conviction that the pupils of such a teacher, if they ever learn to 
write even a letter with ordinary propriety, neatness, and perspicuity, 
must do it in spite of his instruction and example, not in consequence 
of them. 

On the other hand, where a teacher's manuscript is characterized by 
neatness of penmanship and correctness of spelling, capitalization, and 
punctuation, these, of themselves, will secure for it a most favorable 
reception, and greatly atone for many minor deficiences. 



F^RT II. 



ARITHMETIC. 

Remark. — In reviewing for examination in Arithmetic, both pupils 
and candidates are too apt to attend principally to the more difficult 
and abstruse parts of the subject. But the judicious Examiner will 
desire, first of all, to understand whether the candidate has mastered 
the definitions, and comprehends fully the simpler principles and 
operations. If found ignorant here, any skill shown in the mere solu- 
tion of intricate problems will pass for little in the estimation of the 
Examiner. Therefore, let every candidate be sure that he is thoroughly 
acquainted with the arithmetical definitions and axioms^ and with Nota- 
tioUy Numeration^ and the other Fundamental Rules. 

g^^ The following references in the questions on Arithmetic are all 
to Rat's Higher Arithmetic. 

DEFINITIONS. 

1. What is Quantity, arithmetically considered? Art. 1. 

2. Define Mathematics. Art. 2. 

3. What are the fundamental branches of mathematics ? 
Art. 3. 

4. Define Arithmetic. Art. 4. 

5. Define Problem, Theorem, Corollary, Demonstra- 
tion, and Axiom. Art. 5-12. 

6. Grive five of the most important axioms. Art. 12, 
1-5. 

7. Give the signs used in arithmetic, and explain their 
import and use. Art. 13-19. 

8. What is the difference^ if any, between (7+3) X 3, and 
7+3x3? Art. 19. 

9. What is a unit? Art. 20. 

10. What is number f Art. 21. 

11. What is the unit of a number ? Art. 21. 

12. When have units a relative character? Art. 21. 

(51) 



52 THE EXAMINER. 

13. When are numbers ahsfracf^ and when concrete? Illus- 
trate by three examples of each. Art. 22. 

•14. On what is arithmetic founded, and what are its rules 
and processes? Art. 23. 

NUMERATION. 

1. Define respectively Numeration and Notation. Art. 
24. 

2. How are the various numbers represented? Art. 25. 

3. What are significact figures? Art. 25, Rem. 

4. Explain the formation of numbers above 9. Art. 26. 

5. How are the words eleven, twelve, thirteen, fourteen 
derived? Art. 26, Rem. 

6. On what does the si^e or value of a unit depend? 
Art. 27. 

7. Arrange the figure 8 so that it shall express units of 
the first, third, fifth, and sixth orders. Art. 28. 

8. What are the fundamental principles on which our sys- 
tem of Notation is based? Art. 30. 

9. How many orders make one period in the common or 
French method of Numeration, and how are they designated ? 
Art. 32. 

10. What names are applied to the first twenty periods ? 
Art. 33. 

11. What is the rule for Numeration? Art. 35. 

12. Express in words the number represented by 985432- 
101234567890987654321. Art. 35. 

NOTATION. 

1. Give the rule for Notation. Art. 36. 

2. Express in figures the following number : 

Nine hundred decillions, seventy nonillions, six octillions, forty 
septillions, fifty quadrillions, two hundred and four trillions, ten mill- 
ions, forty thousand and sixty. Art. 36. 

3. Explain the English method of Numeration. Art. 37. 

4. Express in words, according to this method of Nu- 
meration, the following number: 43210987654321987654321. 
Art. 37. 



SUBTRACTION. 53 

5. How are numbers represented in the Roman Notation? 
Art. 38. 

6. What letters are used for this purpose, and by what 
principle is their value determined? AnT. 38, — 1st, 2d, 
and 3d. 

7. Express in words the following values : VI, IV, IX, 
XIX, XX, X, MM, C. Art. 38. 

ADDITION. 

1. Define Addition. Art. 39. 

2. What is the result obtained by addition called ? Art. 
39. 

3. What numbers ^nly can be added together? Art. 40. 

4. How may numbers of different names be added together, 
as, for example, 6 robins,^ 5 larks, and 7 blackbirds? Art. 40. 

5. Describe the process of adding simple numbers. Art. 
40, Sol. 

6. What is the rule derived from this process ? Art. 40, R. 

7. What are the methods of proving addition? Art. 41. 

SUBTRACTION. 

1. Define Subtraction. Art. 42. 

2. What are the numbers used in subtraction called? 
Art. 42. 

3. What is the meaning of these terms ? Art. 42. 

4. What is the result obtained called? Art. 42. 

5. Are numbers of any kind susceptible of subtraction? 
Art. 43. 

6. Describe the process of subtraction. Art. 44, Sol. 

7. Give the rule for subtraction. Art. 44. 

8. How would you prove subtraction ? Art. 44. 

9. From Pittsburg to New Orleans is 1999 miles; from Pitts- 
burg to Memphis, 1260 miles; and from Cincinnati to New Orleans 
is 1523 miles; how far is it from Cincinnati to Pittsburg, from Cin- 
cinnati to Memphis, and from Memphis to New Orleans? Art. 44, 
Ex. 31. 

10. To what number must 65 be added four times to make the 
gum 297? Art. 45, Ex. 8. 



54 THE EXAMINER 

MULTIPLICATION. 

1. Define Multiplication. Art. 46. 

2. To what numbers, respectively, are the terms multipU' 
cand, multiplier, and product applied? Art. 46. 

3. Describe the process of multij)lication. Art. 46. 

4. What are the multiplier and multiplicand together 
called? Art. 46. 

5. Prove that the product of two numbers is the same, 
whichever factor is the multiplier. Art. 47. 

6. Prove that the product is always of the same name as 
the multiplicand. Art. 48. 

7. Which of the factors must always be an abstract num- 
ber, and why? Art. 49. «* 

8. What rule applies to multiplication when the multi- 
plier does not exceed 12? Art. 50, R. etc. 

9. What rule applies when the multiplier exceeds 12? 
Art. 51, B. etc. 

10. Describe the process of multiplication in this case. 
Art. 51, Sol. 

11. What are the methods of proof for multiplication? 
Art. 51, Proof. 

12. Is it essential to use the figures of the multiplier in 
regular order? Art. 52. 

13. What is a composite number? Art. 53. 

14. What rule is especially applicable to multiplication by 
composite numbers? Art. 53, R. 

15. Multiply 9765 by the factors of 35. Art. 53, Ex. 3. 

16. What is the rule applicable when the multiplier is 1, 
with ciphers annexed ? Art. 54, R. 

17. What is the process of multiplication and the rule, 
when there are ciphers at the right of one or both factors? 
Art. 55, R. 

18. What is a convenient rule for multiplying, when the 
multiplier is a little less than 10, 100, 1000, etc.? Art. 
56, R. 

19. Find the product of 2055416X992 according to this process. 
Art. 56, Ex. 14. 

20. Describe that method of contraction in multiplication 



DIVISION. 55 

which consists of deriving the partial products, when possible^ 
from each other, and give the rule for it. Art. 57, R. 
and Sol. 

21. Find the product of 750764X315135 by this method of contrac- 
tion. Art. 57 Ex. 7. 

DIVISION. 

1. How would you define Division? Art. 58. 

2. Define the divisor, dividend, quotient, and remainder. 
Art. 58. 

3. Whence the significance of these terms ? Art. 58, N. 

4. What relation do the divisor and quotient in division 
bear to the factors in multiplication ? Art. 59. 

5. How many and what methods are there of expressing 
division? Art. 59. 

6. Prove that division is a short method of making several 
subtractions. Art. 60. 

7. Which two terms in division must always be of the 
same denomination? Art. 60, Cor. 1. 

8. What kind of a number must the quotient always be, 
and why? Art. 60, Cor. 2. 

9. In what respect will the remainder always correspond 
with the dividend? Art. 60, Cor. 3. 

10. What are the process and rule for division, when the 
divisor does not exceed 12? Art. 61, and Sol. ^ 

11. How would you prove division? Art. 61, Proof, etc. 

12. To what two classes do all questions in division belong? 
Art. 62, — i, ii. 

13. How is sliort division performed? Art, 63. 

14. Describe the process for the performance of long divis- 
ion. Art. 64, Sol. 

15. Grive the rule derived from this process. Art. 64, R. 

16. AVhen the product in any case is greater than the par- 
tial dividend from which it is to be subtracted, what is true 
of the quotient figure? Art. 64, N. 1. 

17. When the remainder, after subtraction, is greater than 
the divisor, what is thus shown to be true of the quotient 
figure ? Art. 64, N. 2. 



56 THE EXAMINER. 

18. With what does the order of each quotient figure cor» 
respond ? Art. 64, N. 3. 

19. Wliat number multiplied by 109, and 98 added to the product, 
will give 106700 ? Art 65, Ex. 27. 

20. (5369X5369)— (4986X4986)-^(5369—4986)=what? Art. 65, 
Ex. 16. 

21. What are the process and rule for division when the 
divisor is a composite number? Art. 66, Sol. and R. 

22. Prove the correctness of that part of the rule which 
applies to finding the true remainder. Art. 66, Dem. 

23. What is the process and what the rule when the divisor 
is 1 with ciphers annexed ? Art. 67, Anal. R. 

24. What is the process and what the rule when there are 
ciphers on the right of the divisor? Art. 68, E.., etc. 

25. What is the process and what the rule when the divisor 
wants but little of being 100, 1000, 10000, etc.? Art. 69, 
R., etc. 

26. Find the quotient of 24206778-^989 by this process. Art. 
69, Ex. 2. 

27. Prove that multiplying either factor of a product mul- 
tiplies the product by the same number. Art. 70. 

28. Prove that dividing either factor of a product divides 
the product by the same number. Art. 71. 

29. Prove that multiplying one factor of a product and 
dividing the other factor by the same number, does not alter 
the product; Art. 72. 

30. What is the effect oh the quotient of multiplying the 
dividend, or dividing the divisor? Art. 73. 

31. Prove that dividing the dividend or multiplying the 
divisor by any number divides the quotient by that number. 
Art. 74, 

32. Prove that multiplying both dividend and divisor by the 
same number does not change the quotient. Art. 75. 

33. What is the process of multiplying by any simple part 
of 100, 1000, 10000, etc.? Art. 76, R. 

34. Find by this process the product of 10724 Xl6f. Art. 76, Ex. 4. 

35. What is a short method of multiplying by any number 
whose digits are alike ? Art. 77, R., etc. 



PROPERTIES OF NUMBERS. 57 

36. Find the product of 281267X555555 by this process. Art. 77 
Ex.2. 

37. What is the short process of dividing by a number 
ending in any simple part of 100, 1000, etc.? Art. 78. 

38. Find by this process the quotient of 1510337264-^43750. Art. 

78, Ex. 2. 

39. What is the short method of dividing by any number 
whose digits are alike ? Art. 79, R. 

40. Find by this process the quotient of 376802902-^7770. Art. 

79, Ex. 2. 

41. Of what number is 103 both divisor and quotient? Art. 87, 
Ex. 4. 

42. A horse worth $85, and 3 cows at $18 each, were exchanged 
for 14 sheep, and $41 in money; at how much each were the sheep 
valued? Art. 87, Ex. 17. 

43. A speculator had 140 acres of land, which he might have sold 
at $210 an acre, and gained $6300; but afterward, he sold at a loss of 
$5600: how much an acre did it cost him, and how much an acre 
did he sell it for? Art. 87, Ex. 21. 



PROPERTIES OF NUMBERS. 

1. What is an integer? Art. 88, — 1. 

2. Define a pri^ne and a composite number. Art. 88, — 
3 and 4. 

3. When are two numbers prime to each other? Art. 
88,-5. 

4. Define an even and an odd number. Art. 88, — 6 
and 7. 

5. What is a divisor of a number? Art. 88, — 8. 

6. When is one number divisible by another? Art. 
88,-9. 

7. What is the midtiple of a number? Art. 88, — 10, 
1st and 2d. 

8. By what are composite numbers exactly divisible? 
Art. 88,-11. 

9. What are the prime factors of numbers ? Art. 88, — • 
12, 1st, 2d. 

10. Define an aliquot part of a number. Art. 88, — 13. 



58 THE EXAMINER. 

FACTORING. 

1. On wliat principles does factoring depend? Art. 89, 

2. What numbers only are divisible by 2 ? Art. 90, 
Prop. I. 

3. When are numbers divisible by 4? Art. 90, Prop. ii. 

4. Prove that numbers ending in or 5 onli/, are divisible 
by 5. Art. 90, Prop. iii. 

5. By what are numbers ending in 0, 00, etc., divisible? 
Art. 90, Prop. iv. 

6. A composite number is divisible by what? Art. 90, 
Prop. V. 

7. How does every prime number end ? Art. 90, 
Prop. VI. • 

8. What is the process, and what the rule for finding the 
prime factors of a composite number? Art. 91, R. and 2. 

9. Find the prime factors of 36414 and of 10010. Art. 91, Ex. 
17 and 18. 

10. What are the prime factors common to 210 and 315? Art. 91, 
Ex. 23. 

11. What is the rule for finding all the divisors of any 
composite number? Art 92, and R. 

12. Find all the divisors of 196. Art. 92, Ex. 3. 

GREATEST COMMON DIVISOR. 

1. What is the difference between a common and the 
greatest common divisor of two or more numbers? Art. 93, 
Rem. 1, 2. 

2. By what process do you find the greatest common divi- 
sor of two or more numbers? Art. 94, R. i. 

3. What rule derived from this process ? Art. 94, R. i. 

4. Find the greatest common divisor of 90 and 150; also of 84, 
126, and 210. Art. 94, Ex. 5, 10. 

5. What rule is better adapted to finding the greatest com- 
mon divisor of large numbers? Art. 95, R. ii. 

6. Can you demonstrate this rule ? Art. 95, Dem. 

7. Find the greatest common divisor of 816, 1360, 2040, and 
4080. Art. 95, R. ii, Ex. 13. 



CANCELLATION. 59 

LEAST COMMON MULTIPLE. 

8. Define a common multiple, and the least common multi' 
pie. Art. 96, and Rem. 

9. Give the process and then the rule for finding the least 
common multiple of two or more numbers. Art. 97, R. i. 

10. Find the least common multiple of 12, 18, and 24, by this pro- 
cess. Art. 97, Ex. 4. 

11. What other rule can you give for finding the least 
common multiple of two or more numbers? Art. 98, R. ii. 

12. What is the necessity of dividing by a prime rather 
than a composite number? Art. 98, N. 

13. There are still in common use another process and rule 
for the same thing; what are they? Art. 99, R. in. 

14. Find the least common multiple of 15, 24, 40, and 140, by both 
the last two rules. Art. 99, Ex. 8. 

15. Explain the mode of proving the operations under the 
fundamental rules, by casting out the 9's and ll's. Art. 100. 

16. Show its application to Addition, Subtraction, Multipli- 
cation, and Division, respectively. Art. 100. 

CANCELLATION. 

1. How do you define Cancellation? Art. 101. 

2. Describe the process of cancellation. Art. 101, Sol. 

3. Grive the rule applicable to this operation. Art. 102. 

4. If, after cancellation, no factors remain in the divisor, 
what will make the quotient? Art. 102, N. 1. 

5. Between what factors only can cancellation take place ? 
Art. 102, N. 2. 

6. With what other process is it identical? Art. 102, 
N. 3. 

7. Solve by cancellation the following: I exchanged 8 barrels of 
molasses, each containing 33 gallons, at 40 cents a gallon, for 10 chests 
of tea, each containing 24 pounds; what was the cost to me of the tea 
per pound ? Art. 102, Ex. 2. 

8. Find the quotient by cancellation of (15x24Xll2X40XlO)-f' 
(25X36X56X90). Art. 102, Ex. 4. 



60 THE EXAMINER. 

COMMON FRACTIONS. 

1. What is a Fraction, and whence is the term derived? 
Art. 103. 

2. On what does the name of a fraction and the size of 
its parts depend? Art. 104. 

3. Can you prove this? Art. 104. 

4. Into what classes are fractions divided? Art. 105. 

5. How is a Common Fraction expressed? Art. 105. 

6. What are the terms of a fraction, and what name is 
applied to each, and why? Art. 105. 

7. In what two ways may a fraction be considered, whose 
numerator is greater than 1 ? Art. 106. 

8. When a fraction is considered as an expression of 
unexecuted diyision, what respectively are the divisor^ dividend^ 
and quotient f Art. 106. 

9. How should fractions be read? Art. 107, R. 

10. What is the process of writing fractions? Art. 

108, R. 

11. Express in words the following: |, ^|, |^|, tWo- 

12. Express in figures the following; seven elevenths, nine four- 
teenths, one hundred and eight thousandths. Art. 107. 

13. How may a whole number be expressed as a fraction? 
Art. 108. 

14. When is the value of a fraction less than 1? Art. 

109, Prop. 1. 

15. When is it equal to 1 ? Art. 109, Prop. 2. 

16. When is it greater than 1? Art. 109, Prop. 3. 

17. How many, and what kinds of fractions are there? 
Art. 110, Def. 1-6. 

18. Give two examples of each. Art. 110, Def. 1-6. 

19. How can you show that ^ ^f 2 = 1; and that \ of 2 — A ^ 
Art. Ill, Dem. 

20. What is the effect of multiplying the numerator of a 
fraction? Art. 112. 

21. What is the effect of dividing the numerator of a frac- 
tion? Art. 113. 

22. What is the effect of multiplying or dividing the 
denominator of a fraction ? Art. 114, 115. 



REDUCTION OF FRACTIONS. 61 

23. What is the effect of multiplying or dividing both 
terms of a fraction by the same number? Art. 116, 117. 

24:. Prove that these propositions are true. Art. 117 
Dem. 1-6. 

25. How many and what ways are there of multiplying and 
dividing a fraction, and of changing its form without altering 
its value? Art. 117, Kem. 

REDUCTION OF FRACTIONS. 

1. What is meant by the reduction of fractions? Art. 
118. 

2. When is a fraction said to be in its lowest terms? 
Art. 119. 

3. What is the process, and what the rule of reducing 
fractions to their lowest terms? Art. 119, R. 

4. Express || and f || in their lowest terms. Art. 119, Ex. 2, 8. 

5. Give the rule for reducing an improper fraction to a 
whole or mixed number Art. 120, R. 

6. What numbers respectively = ^ff^ and ^ff^? Art. 120, 
Ex. 5, 8. 

7. Describe the manner of reducing a whole or mixed 
number to an improper fraction. Art. 121. 

8. What improper fractions = lOgy^g and 5|Qp Art. 121, 
Ex. 7, 8. 

9. How are whole numbers reduced to fractions having a 
given denominator? Art. 122. 

10. Find a fraction whose denominator is 29 = to 19. 
Art. 122, Ex. 4. 

11. By what rule are compound fractions reduced to simple 
ones? Art. 123, R. 

12. What does | of § of ^ of 8| equal, reduced to its simplest 
form ? Art. 123, Ex. 10. 

13. Reduce || of -f^ of y^g of ^^ of \^^ to a simple fraction in 
its lowest terms. Art. 123, Ex. 13. 

14. Give the rule for changing fractions of different denom- 
inators into equivalent fractions having a common denominator. 
Art. 124, R. 



62 THE EXAMIXER. 

15. Prove that the results obtained by this rule are true. 
Art. 124, Dem. 

16. Reduce |, ^ of 3A. | of |, to equivalent fractions baring a 
common denominator. Art. 124, Ex. 5. 

17. When the terms of tbe fractions are small, and one 
denominator is a multiple of another, how may they be reduced 
to a common denominator? Art. 125. 

18. Apply this process to the reduction of |/ 4. y^^, and ^^, to a 
common denominator. Art. 125, Ex 3. 

19. By -what process are fractions of different denominators 
reduced to equivalent fractions of the least common denomin- 
ator? Art. 126, R. 

20. If any of the fractions are not in their lowest terms, 
what must be done first ? Art. 126, X. 1. 

21. What must be done with compound fractions, and whole 
or mixed numbers ? Art. 126, X. 2. 

22. When pupils are acquainted with the principles involved, 
what part of the process may be omitted? Art. 126, 
N. 3. 

23. "What is the object of this reduction of fractions? 
Art. 126, N. 4. 

24 What will the fractions |, 3%, | of ji, and |4 be, when 

reduced to their least common denominator? Art. 126, Ex. 6. 

ADDITION OF FRACTIONS. 

1. What is the addition of fractions? Art. 127. 

2. What is the rule and what the process for this? Art. 
127, R. 

3. Give a demonstration of this rule. Art. 127, Dem. 

4. What steps are preliminary to the process? Art. 
127, X. 1, 2. 

5. What is the sum of |4-1H4 ^nd If? Art. 127, Ex. 14 

SUBTRACTION OF FRACTIONS. 

1. Define subtraction of fractions. Art. 128. 

2. Give the process and rule for this. Art. 128, Sol. 
and R. 



DIVISION OF FRACTIONS. 63 

3. What steps are preliminary to the subtraction ? Akt. 
128, N. 

4. How may mixed numbers be dealt; with in the subtrac- 
tion of fractions ? Art. 129. 

5. YyS^ — 3^ = what? After selling 4 of |+ i of f of a farm, 
what part remains? Art. 129, Ex. 12 and 20. 

6- 51— 2|+y_3i3^+3J2+8^ — 16i=what? Art. 129, Ex. 22. 

MULTIPLICATION OF FRACTIONS. 

1. Describe the process of 7yiidiiplying fractions. Art. 
130. 

2. What operations does it embrace? Art. 130, — 1, 2, 3. 

3. What is the general rule for this ? Art. 130, Gren. R. 

4. In what two ways may you multiply a fraction by a 
whole number ? Art. 130, Cor. i. 

5. What is the method of multiplying a whole number by 
a fraction ? Art. 130, Cor. ii. 

6. I of 5|X| of 31 = what? Art. 130, Ex. 2L ' . 

7. What must be paid for f of | of a lot of ground that cost 
$18|? Art. 130, Ex. 30. 

DIVISION OF FRACTIONS. 

1. Define division of fractions. Art. 131. 

2. What operations does it embrace? Art. 131, — 1, 2, 3. 

3. Give the general rule for the division of fractions. 
Art. 131, Gen. R. 

4. Demonstrate the correctness of this rule. Art. 131, 
Dem. 1st, 2d. 

5. In what other form might the rule be given? Art. 
131, Hence, etc. 

6. What rule is there for dividing a fraction by a whole 
number? Art. 131, Cor. i. 

7. What, for dividing a whole number by a fraction ? 
Art. 131, Cor. ii. 

8. Before dividing, what must be done with compound 
fractions and mixed numbers? Art. 131, N. 1, 2. 

9. I of 1 -^ 1 of I = what ? Art. 131, Ex. 18. 

10. 2fXf of 19i -r-4|XT% of 8 = what? Art. 131, Ex. 26 



64 THE EXAMINER. 

COMPLEX FRACTIONS. 

1. What is tlie process of reducing complex fractions to 
simple ones ? Arst. 132. 

2. ?A = what ? TuX'^ -= what ? hj.-:-hj = what ? Art. 

92 '"S 03*07 

132, Ex. 4, 7, 12. 

GREATEST COMMON DIVISOR OF FRACTIONS. 

1. What is the rule for finding the greatest common divisor 
of fractions ? Art. 133, R. 

2. If the numerators and denominators are prime to each 
other, what will be the greatest common divisor of the num- 
bers? Art. 133, N. 

3. How can the greatest common divisor of more than two 
fractions be obtained? Art. 133, N. 2. 

4. Find the greatest common divisor of 44|, 546f, and 3160. 
Art. 133, Ex. 8. 

LEAST COMMON MULTIPLE OF FRACTIONS. 

1. Give the process and rule for finding the least common 
multiple of fractions. Art. 134, R. 

2. Find the least common multiple of 8|, 10|, 5{|, Gy^^? ^^^ i- 
Art. 134, Ex. 7. 

3. If a railroad car runs 112| miles in 5| hours, what is that 
per hour? Art. 135, Ex. 32. 

4. A 63 gallon cask is | full ; 9^ gallons being drawn off, how 
full will it be? Art. 135, Ex. 37.* 

DECIMAL FRACTIONS. 

1. From what does a Decimal Fraction derive its name, 
and why is it so called? Art. 136. 

2. What is the notation of decimal fractions ? Art. 136. 

3. What are the advantages of this notation? Art. 
136. 

4. What is the denominator of any decimal fraction? 
Art. 136. 

5. What are the figures to the right of the decimal point 
called ? Art. 137. 



REDUCTION OF DECIMALS. 65 

6. What terms are applied to the point? Art. 137. 

7. Define a pure^ a mixed, and a complex decimal. Art, 
137. 

8. How are the places in decimals named? Art. 138. 

9. In what direction and ratio do the decimal places 
increase and decrease ? Art. 139. 

10. What is the rule for reading decimals, and why? 
Art. 140,— 1st, 2d. 

11. How may mixed decimals be read? Art. 140. 

12. Grive the rule for writing decimals. Art. 141. 

13. Write out in common language the following: 61.001001, 
T3002.1f, .000000^, 1000000.0303. 

14. Express in figures the following: Fifty-four million units 
ftnd four millionths. Four million and four millionths. 

15. In what respect does the notation of decimal fractions 
differ chiefly from that of common fractions? Art. 142. 

16. What is the effect of annexing or cutting off decimal 
ciphers from the right of any number ? Art. 143. 

17. What is the effect of removing the point in decimals to 
the right f Art. 144. 

18. What is the effect of removing the point in decimals to 
the leftf Art. 145. 

REDUCTION OF DECIMALS. 

1. What is the process for changing a decimal into its 
equivalent common fraction of the simplest form? Art. 
146, R. 

2. In reducing such fractions to their lowest terms, to 
what numbers are the divisors limited, and why ? Art. 
146, N. 

3. Change .87^, .43|, .390625, respectively, into their equivalent 
common fractions reduced to their lowest terms. Art. 146, Ex, 
22, 30, 10. 

4. Give the process and the rule for converting any com- 
mon fraction into a decimal. ' Art. 147, N. 

5. Change respectively into their equivalent decimals the fol- 
lowing: ^^g, .0151 Art. 147, Ex. 9, 13. 

6. When annexing ciphers does not render the numerator 

Ex.— 6. 



66 THE EXAMINER. 

exactly divisible by the denominator, how is that fact usually 
indicated, and what are such decimals called? Art. 148. 
Y. Eeduce Z^, and 10|| to decimals. Art. 148, Ex. 1, 2. 

ADDITION OF DECIMALS. 

1. What is the method of adding decimals, and what the 
rule ? Art. 149, Sol. and R. 

2. If among those to be added there are complex decimals, 
what is to be done with them ? Art. 149, N. 

3. Four times 4.067|+.000^ = what? 35 units+35 tenths+35 
hundredth8+35 thousandths = what ? Art. 149, Ex. 11, 13. 

SUBTEACTION OF DECIMALS. 

1. Describe the process and give the rule for the subtrac- 
tion of decimals. Art. 150, Sol., R., and N. 

2. .65007— I = what? 1875 thousandths — 1 J units =:r what? 



100 — .641 = what? Art. 150, Ex. 7, 16, 18. 

MULTIPLICATION OF DECIMALS. 

1. Give the rule for the multiplication of decimal num- 
bers. Art. 151. 

2. Can you demonstrate the truth of the rule? Art. 
151, Dem. 

3. 42 unitsX42 tenths^what? 43.7004X.008=what? Art. 

151, Ex. 19, 14. 

4. What is the process and what the rule for multiplying 
decimals by 10, 100, 1000, etc.? Art. 152, Case i, K, N. 

5. Find the product of .075X100; also of 16.083X10. Art. 

152, Ex. 2, 4. 

6. How may the work be shortened when the product of 
two decimals is required, but not beyond a certain number 
of decimal places? Art. 153, Case ii, R., N. 

,7. Find the product of 4.804136X. 010759 to 6 decimal places 
Art. 153, Ex. 5. 

DIVISION OF DECIMALS. 

1. What is the rule for the division of decimals? Art 
154, R., N. 



CIRCULATING DECIMALS. 67 

2. 2401 -^21.43'75= what? .000001 -r-. 01 = what? Art. 154, 
Ex. 14, 27. 

3. When the dividend is less than the divisor, how may 
the quotient be expressed ? Art, 155. 

4. l-i-5.5, and .13i-f-2.4=what common fraction, respectively? 
Art. 155, Ex. 2, 3. 

5. How can you always easily determine the denomination 
of the first figure of the quotient? Art. 156. 

6. What are the methods of contraction applicable to the 
division of decimals? Art. 157. 

7. What method of contraction is applicable to dividing a 
decimal by 10, 100, 1000, etc.? Art. 157, Case i, R., N. 

8. Find the quotient of 2001.2-;-100, by this process. Art. 

157, Ex. 4. 

9. What form of contraction is applicable where you are 
required to reserve a certain number of decimals in the quo- 
tient? Art. 158, Case ii, R., N., Rem. 

10. Find by this process the quotient of lOO-r-3. 7320508. Art. 

158, Ex. 8. 

11. What is the process of contraction when you divide by 
a decimal little less than 1, reserving a certain number of deci- 
mal places in the quotient? Art. 159, Case ill, R. 

12. Find by this process the quotient of 52546.35-7-.99| to 3 
decimal places. Art, 159, Ex. 4. 

CIRCULATINa DECIMALS. 

1. What are circulating decimals? Art. 160. 

2. Only what common fractions can be changed into term' 
inate fractions ? Art, 160, Prop. I. 

3. What will be found true of every interminate decimal, 
arising from the conversion of a common fraction, if the divis- 
ion is carried far enough ? Art. 161, Prop. il. 

4. Define the following terms applicable to circulating 
decimals: 1. A repetend ; 2. K pure circulate; 3. A mixed cir- 
culate; 4. A simple repetend; 5. A compound repetend; 6. A 
similar repetend; 7. A dissimilar repetend; 8. Similar and 
conterminous repetends. Art. 163. 



68 THE EXAMINER. 

5. How is a pure circulate reduced to a common fraction? 
Art. 165, R. 

6. How is a mixed circulate reduced to a common fraction? 
Art. 166, R. 

7. Wliat is the rule for adding circulates ? Art. 168, R,. 

8. What rule applies to the subtraction' of circulates? 
Art. 169, R. 

9. Give the rule for the multiplication of circulates. Art. 

170, R. 

10. Give the rule for the division of circulates. Art. 

171, R., N. 

11. Reduce .31, .2083, and .09027 to common fractions. Art. 
166, Ex. 5, 10, 14 

12. • 3.4884+ 1.637+130.8i+.066=what? Art. 168, Ex. 9. 

13. 10.0563 — 8.27 = what? Art. 169, Ex. 5. 

14. 714.32X3.456 = what? Art. 170, Ex. 3. 

15. What is the quotient of 90.5203749-5-6.754? Art. 171, 
Ex. 4. 

COMPOUND NUMBERS. 

1. How would you define a Compound Number, and by 
what other name is it frequently called? Art. 173. 

2. Give the table of Linear Measure, and describe its use. 
Art. 174, N. 1, 2. 

3. Give the table of Mariners' Measure, and describe its 
use. Art. 175, N. 

4. Give the table of Surveyors' and Engineers' Measure, 
and describe its use. Art. 176, N. 1, 2. 

5. Give the table of Cloth Measure, and describe its use. 
Art. 177, N. 1, 2. 

6. What is the standard of all Linear Measure? Art. 178. 

7. Give the history of the introduction and perfection of 
the measure. Art. 178, Rem. 

8. What is the use of Square Measure? Art. 179. 

9. What is a Square^ and on what does the size or name 
of any square depend? Art. 179. 

10. Describe the unit by which all surfaces are measured. 
Art. 180. 



COMPOUND NUMBERS. 69 

11. What is a rectangle^ and what is the method of ascer- 
taining its size or area ? Art. 180, R. 

12. Give the table of Square Measure. Art. 180. 

13. What is Land Measure, and what its use? Art. 
181, N. 

14. For what is Solid Measure used, and why is it also 
called Cubic Measure? Art. 182. 

15. What is the unit by which all solids are measured? 
Art. 183. 

16. Describe a rectangular solid, and how the size or solid- 
ity of such solids is obtained? Art. 183. 

17. Give the rule applicable to the operation. Art. 183, R. 

18. Give the tables of round timber^ hewn timber^ ship- 
ping, Jire-wood, pla,nk measure, and masonry. Art. 183, 
N. 1-4. 

19. Give the table and describe the use of Troy or Mint 
Measure. Art. 184, Rem. 1-4. 

20. For what is Diamond Weight used, and what is the 
table? Art. 185. 

21. In what two ways is the carat used? Art. 185, Rem. 

22. Give the table and use of Apothecaries' Weight. Art. 
186. 

23. What is the table of Avoirdupois or Commercial 
Weight? Art. 187. 

24. How many pounds respectively in the Quarter of Great 
Britain and of the United States ? Art. 187, N. 2. 

25. How does the pound Avoirdupois differ from the pound 
Troy? Art. 187, Rem. 

26. Explain the terms gross and net weight. Art. 187, 
N. 4. 

27. Give the table and describe the use of Wine or Liquid 
Measure. Art. 189, N. 1, 2. , 

28. What is the standard unit of Liquid Measure ? Art. 
190. 

29. Describe Ale and Beer Measure, and giye the table. 
Art. 191, N. 

30. What is the capacity of the Beer gallon? Art. 191, 
Rem. 



70 THE EXAMINER. 

31. What is the use and what the table of Dry Measure? 
Art. 192. 

32. What is the tmit of Dry Measure ? Art. 193. 

33. What is the comparative capacity of the Wine, Beer, 
and Dry gallon, in cubic inches? Art. 194. 

34. What is the table and what the use of Apothecaries' 
Fluid Measure? Art. 195, N. 1, 2. 

35. Give the table for the Measure of Time. Art. 196. 

36. What changes have been made from time to time, to 
regulate the year? Art. 196. 

37. By what rule may Leap years be ascertained? Art. 
196, R. 

38. Describe the Grregorian Calendar, and state the dme of 
its adoption in England, and the consequences. Art. 196. 

39. What is the origin of the names of the 7th, 8th, 9th, 
and 10th months? Art. 197. 

40. Give the Miscellaneous Table. Art. 198. 

41. Give the table applicable to paper and hooks. Art. 199. 

42. What is the table and what the use of Circular Meas- 
ure? Art. 200, N. 

43. What relation does Time bear to Longitude ? Aet. 
201, N. 

44. Give the table of United States or Federal Money. 
Art. 202, N. 

45. When was the Federal Currency authorized, and what 
are its advantages? Art. 203. 

46. What is the usual method of reading United States 
Money? Art. 203. 

47. What are the National coins of the United States, and 
what is their weight and alloy respectively ? Art. 204. 

48. Describe the term carat as applied to the purity or 
fineness of gold. Art. 205. 

49. Give the table of English or Sterling Money. Art. 
206, N. 1-3. 

50. Whence the origin of the symbols used for this money ? 
Art. 206, Rem. 1. 

51. Describe the standard gold, silver, and copper coins of 
English Money. Art. 206, Bem. 2, 



REDUCTION OF COMPOUND NUMBERS. 71 

52. Describe the currencies of the several States. Art. 207. 

53. Describe the French system of weights and measures. 
Art. 208. 

54. What is the iinit of Long Measure in France ? Art. 
209, N. 

55. Describe the French Surface Measure. Art. 210, N. 

56. Describe the French Solid Measure. Art. 211, N. 

57. What is the unit of weight in France, and what the 
table ? Art. 212, N. 

58. What is the French table of Dry and Liquid Measure? 
Art. 213, N. 

59. Describe French Money. Art. 215. 

REDUCTION OF COMPOUND NUMBERS. 

1. Describe Reduction of Compound Numbers. Art. 
218. 

2. What is the general rule for this operation? Art. 

218, Gen. R. 

3. Describe Reduction ascending and descending. Art. 

219, Sol. and Rem. 

4. Change 192sq. in. to sq. yd. ; change 36 yd. to Ells Flem- 
ish; change .216 gr. to oz. Troy; change 256 roods to sq. chains. 
Art. 21 a 

5. What is the process and what the rule for reducing a 
compound number to a simple one of any denomination ? 
Art. 220, Sol., R., and N. 

6. Change 9 mi., 22 rd., 10.61Y5ft., to fur.; change 4 5, 2 9, 15.5 
gr., to lb. ; change 1 T., 6 cwt, 1 qr., 24 lb., 2 oz., 4|dr., to lb. ; change 
6yr., 44 da., 8hr., 35min., to wk.; change 20 eagles, $6, 1 dime, 
2Jct., to $; change £304, 19s., 2id., to £. Art. 220. 

7. How many ounces of gold weigh as much as a pound of 
lead ? Art. 220, Ex. 92. 

8. Give the process and rule for the reduction of a sim- 
ple number of any denomination to a compound number. 
Art, 221, R., N., and Rem. 

9. If the simple given number is a common or decimal 
fraction, what then is the process and what the rule ? Art. 
222, Sol., R., and N. 



72 THE EXAMINER. 

10. Cliange 1811.0625 sq. ft. to a compound number; change 
931i|A. ; change 4.2045 cu. yd. ; change £.555. Art. 222. 

11. What -would be the advantages of having our tables of 
weights and measures placed on a decimal basis ? Art. 
222, Rem. 

12. Describe the method of adding compound numbers, and 
give the rule. Art. 223, Sol.^ R., and N. 

13. Find the sum of | C. ; | cu. ft. ; 1000 cu. in. Art. 223, Ex. 9. 

14. 4 gal. 3 gills + 10 gal. 3qt. l|pt. + 8gal. f pt. + 5.64gal.+ 
2.3qt. + 1.27pt. +|gill= what? Art. 223, Ex. 15. 

15. 21° W 55.24^^+9° 18^^'' + 1° 151^+116° 44^ 23.8^^= what? 
Art. 223, Ex. 21. 

16. Describe the process of subtracting compound numbers, 
and give the rule for the same. Art. 224, Sol. and R. 

17. 4 yd. 2 qr. Ina. If in. — 1.35 yd. = what? Art. 224, Ex. 3. 
48. What is the difference between Sept. 22d, 1855, and July 1st, 

1856 ? Art. 224, Ex. 30. 

19. 180° — 161° 34M1.8^^= what? Art. 224, Ex. 35. 

20. $12 Get. 8im.— $5 43ct. 2^m. = what? Art. 224, Ex. 42. 

21. How does the multiplication of simple numbers differ 
from the multiplication of compound numbers ? Art. 225. 

22. What is the general rule applicable to this operation? 
Art. 225, Gen. R. 

23. What is the process and what the rule applicable to the 
multiplication of a compound number by a simple one? 
Art. 226, Sol., R., and N. 

24. 6 E. E. 4qr. 3.44 na. X 28 = what? Art. 226, Ex. 1. 

25. 5 sq. yd. 8 eq. ft. 106 sq. in. X 13 = what ? Art. 226, Ex. 8. 

26. $1072 9ct. 2 m. X424 = what? Art. 226, Ex. 20. 

27. £215 16 s. 2id. X75 = what? Art. 226, Ex. 21. 

28. What is the process of changing difference of time into 
difference of longitude ? Art. 227, Sol. and R. 

29. How may cancellation be applied to the solution of such 
problems? Art. 227, Rem. 

30. When it is 1 A. M. at Constantinople, it is 11 h. 13min. 
25^ sec. P. M. of the previous day at Paris, and the longitude of 
Paris is 2° 20^ 22^^ E. : what is that of Constantinople ? .Art. 
227, Ex. 10. 



ALIQUOT PARTS. 73 

31. In what respects, if at all, does the division of simple 
numbers differ from that of compound numbers ? Art. 228. 

32. What is the general rule for dividing a compound num- 
ber by any simple number, whole or fractional ? Art. 229, 
Gen. R. 

33. Give the process and rule for dividing a compound 
number by a simple whole number. Art. 230, Sol., E,., N. 

34 881b. 16 pwt. IT. 6 gr.-^ 54 = what? Art. 230, Ex. 9. 

35. 600 T. Ycwt. 86 lb. -^29. 06 = what? Art. 230, Ex. 11. 

36. 152° 46^ 2^-^ -i- 9 = what ? Art. 230, Ex. 18. 

37. Give the process and rule applicable to the change of 
iifference of longitude to difference of time. Art. 231, 
^ol., R., N. 

38. What is the time at Cambridge, Eng., (long. 5'' 21''^E.), when 
(t is 9 P. M. at Cambridge, Mass. (long. Tl° V 2V' W.) ? Art. 
231, Ex. 6. 

39. When it is 1 A. M. at Washington (long. 11° V 30'' W.) 
what time is it at Mexico (long. 99° 5^ W.) ? Art. 231, Ex. 1. 

40. Describe the method of dividing one compound number 
by another similar compound number, the quotient being an 
abstract number. Art. 232, Sol. and R. 

41. A comet moves 8° 11' 22^'' in one day; in what time will it 
complete the circuit of the heavens, or 360°? Art. 232, Ex. 6. 

42. How many half-crowns, each worth 2 s. 6d., are in £18 1b. 
lOfd.? Art. 232, Ex. 8. 

ALIQUOT PARTS. 

1. Define Aliquot Parts, its use, and the method of its 
application. Art. 233, 234, Sol. 

2. Give the process when the multiplicand is a compound 
number. Art. 234, Sol. 2d. 

3. Explain the application of aliquot parts when the pro 
duct is to be in United States money. Art. 234, Sol. 3d. 

4. Give the rule for the application of aliquot parts. 
Art. 235. 

5. If a man is 2 hr. 25 min. 38 sec. in digging a cu. yd. of 
earth, how long will he be in digging 44 cu. yd. 22 cu. ft. ? Art. 
235, Ex. 18. 

Ex.— 7. 



74 THE EXAMINER. 

6. Describe the making out of bills in United States 
money by aliquot part«, when the prices of the items are 
given in State currencies. Art. 236, Sol. 

7. 87|yd. of carpet, at 10 s. 5 d. a yd., cost what in New En- 
gland currency? Art. 236, Ex. 10. 

8. 2 bu. 3 pk. 6 qt. of dried peaches cost what in New York 
currency, at 17 s. 8 d. a bu. ? Art. 237, Ex. 3. 

9. 23 rd. lOJfft. of fencing, at 20 s. a rd., cost what in Penn- 
sylvania currency ? Art. 238, Ex. 6. 

10. 431b. of butter, at Is. 4^d. a lb., cost what in South Caro- 
lina currency? Art. 239, Ex. 3. 

11. 7 gal. 1 qt. of honey, at 6 s. 10 d. a gal., cost what in Canada 
currency? Art. 240, Ex. 1. 

RATIO AND PROPORTION. 

1. Define Ratio according to its arithmetical use. Art. 
242. 

2. Between what quantities only can ratio exist? Art. 242. 

3. What kind of a number is ratio, and what does it show ? 
Art. 242. 

4. How is the ratio of two numbers indicated? Art. 243. 

5. What names are applied to each number separately, and 
to both of them combined ? Art. 243. 

6. Define a simple and a compound ratio. Art. 243. 

7. Which of the terms is the antecedent,^ and which the con- 
sequent of a ratio ? Art. 243. 

8. On what does the value of a ratio depend? Art. 243. 

9. By what rule is the value of any ratio found? Art. 
243, R. 

10. How do the French and English methods of finding'the 
ratio of two numbers differ? Art. 243, N. 

11. Since the value of a ratio is equal to the consequent 
divided by the antecedent, what follows ? Art. 243. 

12. Find the ratio of 31b. 10 oz. 6 pwt. lO^gr. to 21b. 14fpwt. 
Art. 243, Ex. 7. 

13. If the antecedent is 7. and the ratio 1-^, what is the conse- 
quent? Art. 243, Ex. 17. 

14. If the consequent is 6 yd. 2 ft. 81 in., and the ratio is 3^, 
what is the antecedent? Art. 243, Ex. 20. 



RATIO AND PROPORTION. 75 

15 What are termed increasing, and what decreasing ratios ? 
Art. 244. 

16. How are they formed from the same numbers ? Art. 
244. 

17. Form an increasing ratio with 5^ and 4|; and with 3 yd 
2 ft. and 3 yd. 1 ft. 5 in. Art. 244, Ex. 1. 

18. What is the effect on the ratio of multiplying the con- 
sequent or dividing the antecedent? Art. 245, 1st. 

19. What is the effect on the ratio of multiplying the ante- 
cedent or dividing the consequent? Art. 245, 2d. 

20. What is the effect of multiplying or dividing both 
terms of a ratio by the same number? Art. 245, 3d. 

21. Define Proportion. Art. 246. 

22. What signs are used to indicate proportion ? Art. 
246, Rem. 

23. What is a continued proportion? Art. 246. 

24. How many antecedents and consequents has each pro- 
portion, and which of the terms are the one, and which the 
other? Art. 246. 

25. AVhich of the terms in a proposition are called means^ 
which extremes, and which proportional f Art. 246. 

26. What is the difference between ratio and 'proportion, as 
shown by their relations and results respectively? Art. 246. 

27. When are three numbers in proportion, and what names 
are then applied to the second and third terms? Art. 246. 

28. What is the meaning of variation as applied to propor- 
tion ? Art. 247. 

29. How can you determine whether any given proportion 
is true? Art. 248. 

30. Are the following proportions, or not? 7 : 10 : : 8 : 12 ; 
4 : 3 : : 24 : 18 ; 25 lb. Tr. : 241b. Av. : : 6 : 7. Art. 248, Ex. 1, 11. 

31. What is true of every proportion, in relation to the 
product of the means and the product of the extremes ? 
Art. 249. 

32. Can you prove the truth of this? Art. 249, Dem. 

33. One extreme and both means being given, how do you 
find the other extreme ? Art. 249, Cor. i. 



76 THE EXAMINER. 

34. One mean and both extremes being given, how do you 
find the other mean ? Art. 249, Cor. ii. 

35. Find the unknown terms in the following proportions : 

3| : ( ) : : 11 : 2 ; 12 yd. 3 qr. : 46 yd. 3 qr. : : ( ) : 6 T. 1 cwt. ; 
( ) : 4hr. 30 min. :: 2^ mi. : 3.375 mi. ; $16 : 45 ct. :: lib. 9 oz 
Av. : ( ). Art. 249,''Ex. 1, 3, 5, 8. 

SIMPLE PROPORTION. 

1. Define Simple Proportion. Art. 250. 

2. What other name is often applied to simple proportion? 
Art. 250. 

3. What kind of questions only are capable of being 
solved by proportion? Art. 250, Kem. 

4. Give the rules for solving problems by simple propor- 
tion. Art. 250, R. 

5. Solve the following, indicating^ by the proper arithmet- 
ical signs, your process in each : 

If a horse draw 25 bu. of coal, each 801b., how many bushels 
of coke, each 961b., can he draw? If I gain $92.54 on $1156.75 
worth of sugar, how much must I sell to gain $67.32? If 3 of a 
yd. of cloth cost $3i, what is | of an E. E. worth ? Art. 250, 
Ex. 12, 30, 37. 

COMPOUND PROPORTION. 

1. Define Compound Proportion. Art. 251. 

2. How does compound proportion difi"er from simple pro- 
portion? Art. 251. 

3. What is the method of solving questions by this opera- 
tion? Art. 251, Sol. 

4. Grive such rules as you can for the solution of questions 
by compound proportion. Art. 251, R. 

5. State and solve the following, indicating the process in 
each case by the proper arithmetical signs : 

If 12 men mow 25 A. of grass in 2 days of 10^ hours each, how 
many hours a day must 14 men work to mow an 80 A. field in 
6 days? Art. 251, Ex. 5. 

6. If the use of $3750 for 8 mon. is worth $68.75, what sum 
is that whose use for 2 yr. and 4 mon, is worth $250? Art. 
25 L, Ex. 8. 



PER CENTAGE. 77 

7. If 150000 bricks are used for a house whose walls average 
1|- ft. thick, 30 ft. high, and 216 ft. long, how many will build one 
with walls 2ft. thick, 24ft. high, and 324ft. long? Art. 251, 
Ex. 14. 

PER CENTAGE. 

1. From what is the term Per Centage derived, and what 
ofierations does it embrace? Art. 252. 

2. To what kinds of business is it applied ? Art. 252. 

3. What is the general rule for per centage ? Art. 252, 
Gen. R. 

4. What is the process of finding any given per cent, of a 
given number? Art. 253, N. and Sol. 

5. Give the rule applicable to the same. Art. 253, R. 

6. What character or sign is generally used by business 
men for the word "per cental Art. 253, Rem. 2. 

Y. What is 42 fo of $1250 ? Art. 253, Ex. 3. 

8. Find 180 % of 4f. Art. 253, Ex. 6. 

9. How much is 18| % of a cargo that weighs 416 T. 15 cwt. 
201b.? Art. 253, Ex. 16. 

10. Find 1000 fo of $5.43|. Art. 253, Ex. 21. 

11. A owed B a sum of money ; at one time he paid him 40 fo 
of it; afterward he paid him 25 fo of what he owed, and finally 
he paid him 20 % of what he then owed: how much does he still 
owe? Art. 253, Ex. 29. 

12. 8^ of 621^ of 150 fo of $462.50 = what? Art. 253, 
Ex. 37. 

13. What is the process and what the rule, where two num- 
bers are given, to find the rate per cent, one is of the other? 
Art. 254, Sol. and R. 

14. What is the form of proof applicable to this process ? 
Art. 254, Proof. 

15. When is reduction, as a preliminary step, necessary? 
Art. 254, Sug. 

16. 15 ct. are how many per cent, of $2? Art. 254, Ex. 3. 

17. fct. are how many per cent, of $^? Art. 254, Ex. 7. 

18. $7.29 are what per cent, of $216? Art. 254, Ex. 18. 

19. 16 bu. 3pk.'are what fo of 7.125 pk. ? Art. 254, Ex. 21. 

20. If Y^2 c>f a ship be sold, what fo of it remains ? Art 
254, Ex. 29. 



78 THE EXAMINER. 

21. How many per cent, of his time does a man lose who 
sleeps 7hr. out of every 24? Art. 254, Ex. 34. 

22. If the enrollment of scholars is 1162, and the average 
attendance is 999, what is the per cent, of absence? 

23. What is the process of finding a number when a certain 
per cent, of it is given ? Art. 255, Sol. and E,. 

24. What is the proof applicable to this operation? Art. 

255, Proof. 

25. $3.80 is 5 ;^ of what sum ? Art. 255, Ex. 2. 

26. $10.75 is 31 fo of what sum? Art. 255, Ex. 9. 

27. 162 men are 4f ^ of how many? Art. 255, Ex. 11. 

28. The enemy shot 12 of our men, which was 2| % of the 
whole; how many escaped? Art. 255, Ex. 23. 

29. A farmer gave his daughter, as her marriage portion, 65 A. 
2 R. 26 P. of land, which was S fo of all he owned; how much 
had he? Art. 255, Ex. 29. 

30. A owning 60 ^ of a ship, sells 7^ fo of his share for $2500; 
what the value of the ship ? Art. 255, Ex. 36. 

, 31. When a number is given which is a given per cent, 
more or less than another, how do you find that other? 
Art. 256, Sol. and R. 

32. What is the form of proof applicable in this case? 
Art. 256, Proof. 

33. 96 da. is 100 fo more than what number of days? Art. 

256, Ex. 5. 

34. A coat cost $32, the trimmings cost 70 fo less, and the 
making 50^ less than the cloth; what did each cost? Art, 
256, Ex. 16. 

35. If I give away 42^ fo of my money and have $2 left, what 
had I at first? Art. 256, Ex. 22. 

36. In a school 5 ^ of the pupils are always absent, and the 
attendance is 570; how many enrolled, and how many absent? 
Art. 256, Ex. 25. 

APPLICATIONS OF PER CENTAGE. 

1. Are the words per cent, as applicable to any other 
quantity as to money? Art. 257, Rem. 1. 

2. What are the advantages of using rate per cent, in 
business transactions over other ratios? Art. 257, Rem. 2. 

3. Explain the terms gain and loss. Art. 258. 



APPLICATIONS OF PER CENTAGE. 79 

4. "What is the general rule applicable to questions of this 
kind? Art. 258, Gen. R. 

5. What is the standard of comparison? Art. 258, N. 

6. The quantity on which the gain or loss accrues, and the 
rate of gain or loss being given, how do you find the actual 
gain or loss ? Art. 259, Analysis. 

Y. If my rate of gain is 25 fo, how must I mark goods that 
cost 15 ct. a yard? Art. 259, Ex. 1. 

8. If I must lose 20 ^ on goods damaged, how should I mark 
those that cost me $8.10 a yd. ? Art. 259, Ex. 2. 

9. The cost of publishing a book is 50 ct. a copy; if the 
expense of selling it be 10 fo of this, and the profit 25 fo, what 
must it sell for per copy? Art. 259, Ex. 9. 

10. A gave $4850 for his house, and off'ers to sell it for 20 fo 
less; what is his price? Art. 259, Ex. 13. 

11. What is the process of finding the rate of the gain or 
loss, the quantity on which the gain or loss accrues and the 
gain or loss being given? Art. 260, Rem. and Analysis. 

12. If I buy at $1 and sell at $4, how many per cent, do 1 
gain ? Art. 260, Ex. 4. 

13. If I buy at $4 and sell at $1, how many per cent, do I 
lose? Art. 260, Ex. 5. 

14. A log 1ft. Gin. thick is sawn into 13 boards, each Ijin. 
thick; what per cent, is wasted? Art. 260, Ex. 12. 

15. A having failed, pays B $1Y50 instead of $2500, which he 
owed; what fo does B lose? Art. 260, Ex. 19. 

16. Bought a lot of glass; lost 15 fo by breakage; at what fo 
above cost must I sell the remainder^ to clear 20^*^ on the whole? 
Art. 260, Ex. 23. 

17. The gain or loss and the rate of gain or loss being 
given, how do you find the quantity on which the gain or loss 
accrues? Art. 261, Analysis and Rem. 

18. If I sell tea at 13i fo gain, I make thereby 10 ct. a lb. ; 
how much a lb. did I give? Art. 261, Ex. 3. 

19. I gained this year $2400, which is 120 fo of my gain last 
year, and that is 44 j fo of my gain the year before ; what were 
my gains the two previous years? Art. 261, Ex. 6. 

20. The dogs killed 40 of my sheep, which was 4^ fo of my 
flock; how many had I left? Art. 261, Ex. 7. 



80 THE EXAMINER. 

21. When the quantity after gain or loss has accrued and 
the rates of gain or loss are given, how do you find the 
quantity on which gain or loss accrues? Art. 262, Sol. 
and Rem. 

22. Sold out for $952.82, and lost thereby 12 ^ ; what was the 
cost, and what would I have got if I had sold out at a gain of 
12 % ? Art. 262, Ex. 3. 

23. The population of a village increased 50 fo each year on the 
previous one, for 4 successive years, and, at the end of the 5th, was 
405; what was it at the end of each previous year? Art. 262, 
Ex. 7. 

COMMISSION AND BROKERAGE. 

1. What is the business of a commission merchant, agent, 
or factor? Art. 263. 

2. When such an one lives in a difierent country, or part of 
the country from his employer, what is he frequently called? 
What terms are applied to the goods sent to him to be sold, 
and what to the person sending them? Art. 263. 

3. What is meant by the commission in such transactions, 
and how is it estimated ? Art. 263. 

4. How does brokerage differ from commission? Art. 
263. 

5. What, in this case, is the standard of commission, and 
what are the net proceeds of a sale ? Art. 263. 

6. When the amount of sale, purchase, or collection, and 
the rate of commission are given, how do you find the com- 
mission ? Art. 265, Anal, and Rem. 

7. A lawyer having a debt of $1346.50 to collect, compromises 
by taking 80 ^, and charges 5 fo for his fee; what is his /ce, and 
what the net proceeds f Art. 265, Ex. 5. 

8. A broker sells for me lOhhd. of sugar (92561b.) at 5 ct. a 
lb., what is his brokerage at | ^, and what my proceeds? Art. 
265, Ex. 13. 

9. What does a tax-gatherer get for collecting a tax of $37850 
at 3 ^, and how much does he pay over? Art. 265, Ex. 16. 

10. How do you find the rate of commission where the com- 
mission and the amount of sale, purchase, or collection, are 
given ? Art. 266, Sug. 



STOCKS AND DIVIDENDS. 81 

11. Bought flour for A; my wliole bill was $5802.57, including 
charges $76.85, and commission $148.72; what was the rate ot 
commission ? Art. 266, Ex. 4. 

12. A tax-gatherer is paid $3711 for collecting a tax of $74220; 
what was the rate allowed him? Art. 266, Ex. 10, 

13. When the commission and rate of commission are given, 
how do you find the sum on which the commission is charged? 
Art. 267, N. and Sug. 

14. A pork merchant charged 15 % commission, and cleared 
$2376.15 after paying out $1206.75 for all the expenses of pack- 
ing ; how many lb. of pork did he pack, if it cost 4| ct. a lb. ? 
Art. 267, Ex. 3. 

15. Paid $64.05 for selling coffee, which was | % brokerage; 
what were the net proceeds? Art. 267, Ex. 5. 

16. When you have the rate of commission, and the net 
proceeds, or the whole cost, how do you find the sum on which 
the pommission is charged ? Art. 268, N. and Sol. 

17. Sent $1000 to buy a carriage, commission 2^ fo ; what must 
the carriage cost? Art. 268, ""Ex. 2. 

18. Sold 2000 hams (20672 lb.); commission 2^^, guarantee 
2| ^, net proceeds due consignor $2448.34; for what did the hams 
sell per lb. ? Art. 268, Ex. 5. 

19. Sold 1400 bbl. of flour at $6.20 a bbl. ; invested the pro- 
ceeds in sugar, as per order, reserving my commissions, 4 % for 
selling, and 1^ % for buying, and the expense of shipping, $34.16: 
how much did I invest in sugar? Art. 268, Ex. 12. 

STOCKS AND DIVIDENDS. 

1. What is a joint stock company, and what the business 
generally transacted by it? Art. 269. 

2. Define the terms Capital^ Stock, Shares, Certificate, 
Stockholders, Shareholders, Dividend, Rate of Dividend, and 
explain their uses. Art. 269. 

3. When the stock and the rate of dividend are given, how 
do you find the dividend ? Art. 269, Case i. 

4. A telegraph company, with a capital of $75000, declares a 
dividend of 7 ^, and has a surplus of $6500; what has it earned? 
Art. 269, Ex. 7. 

^ 5. I own 24 shares of stock ($25 each) in a coal company, 



82 THE EXAMINER. 

whicli declares a dividend of 6 ^ ; I take my dividend in coal at 
8 ct. a bushel; how much do I get? Art. 269, Ex. 8. 

6. When the stoch and dividend are given, how do you 
find the roie of dividend? Art. 270. 

7. The receipts of a canal company, whose stock is $3650000, 
m one year are $256484; the outlay is $79383; what rate of divi- 
dend can it declare? Art. 270, Ex. 3. 

8. The dividend and the rate of dividend being given, how 
do you find the stock corresponding ? Art. 271, Case ill. 

9. A man gets $94.50 as a 7 ^ dividend; how many shares of 
stock ($50 each) has he? Art. 271, Ex. 2. 

10. The dividend and the increase being given, how do you 
find the original investment? Art. 272. 

11. Having received two dividends in stock, one of 5 %, the other 
of 8 %, my stock is increased to 567 shares; how many shares had 
I at first? Art. 272, Ex. 2. 

PAR, DISCOUNT, AND PREMIUM. 

1. Define Par^ Discount^ Premium, Money, Stocks, Drafts, 
Bills of Exchange, Bonds, Checks. Art. 273. 

2. Describe respectively the j:)<7r and real value of money, 
stocks, bonds, and drafts. Art. 274. 

3. When stocks, money, bonds, drafts, etc., are worth their 
face, what is said to be their value ? Art. 274. 

4. When are they said to be at a discount, and when at a 
premium? Art, 274. 

5. Define Discount, Premium, Rate of Discount, and Rate 
of Premium. Art. 275. 

6. What is the standard of comparison from which the 
discount or premium is to be determined ? Art. 276. 

7. Having the par value, and the rate of premium or dis- 
count given, how do you find the premium or discount? 
Art. 276, Gen. R., Case i, N. 

8. Find the coet of 47 shares railroad stock ($50 each) at 
30 fo discount. Art. 276, Ex. 4. 

9. What is the difference between a draft on Philadelphia of 
$8651.40, at 1| ^ premium, and one on New Orleans for the same 
amount, at ^ ^ discount? Art. 276, Ex. 13. 



INSURANCE. 83 

10. If I buy 364 shares of stock ($50 each) at 16 fo discount, 
brokerage |^, and sell them at 10^ premium, brokerage | ^, 
what will be my gain? Art. 276, Ex. 17. 

11. When you have the /ace, and the discount or premium^ 
how do you find the rate of discount or premium ? Art. 
277, Case ii, N. 

12. Bought 112 shares of railroad stock ($50 each) for $3640; 
what was the rate of discount? Art. 277, Ex. 3. 

13. If the stock in last example yield 8 fo dividend, what is my 
rate of gain ? Art. 277, Ex. 4. 

14. If I sell the same stock of $5936, what rate of premium is 
that, and what rate of gain ? Art. 277, Ex. 5. 

15. If I count my dividend as part of the gain, what is my rate 
of gain? Art. 277, Ex. 6. 

16. When you have the discount or premium^ and the rate 
of discount or jpremium given, how do you find the face ? 
Art. 278, Case iii, N. 

17. The discount at 7^^ on stocks was $93.75; how many 
shares, at $50 each, were sold ? Art. 273, Ex. 3. 

18. The premium on a draft at "^ fo was $10.36; what was the 
face? Art. 278, Ex. 6. 

19. If I buy uncurrent bank notes at 10 fo discount, 2^ fo bro- 
kerage, and sell them at par, gaining thereby $348.75, what was 
the face of the notes? Art. 278, Ex. 10. 

20. When you have the real value and the rate of premium 
or discount given, how do you find the face of the drafts, 
stock, etc.? Art. 279, Case iv, N. 

21. Exchanged 17 railroad bonds ($500 each) 25 fo below par, 
for bank stock, at ^\fo premium; how many shares ($100 each) 
did I get? Art. 279, Ex. 5. 

22. How large a draft, at 1\ fo premium, is worth 54 city bonds 
($100 each), at 12 fo discount? Art. 279, Ex. 8. 

INSURANCE. 

1. How many, and what kinds of Insurance are there? 
Art. 280. 

2. Define Fire and Marine Insurance. Art. 280. 

3. How is property conveyed by railroads insured ? Art. 
280. 



84 THE EXAMINER 

4. Define eacli of the following terms : Underwriter^ Out- 
door Insurance, Policy, Premium, Rate of Insurance, Taking a 
Risk. Art. 281. 

5. When the rate of insurance and the amount insured 
are given, how do you find the jyremiumf Art. 282, 
Case I. 

6. I insured goods, invoiced at $32760, for 3 months at y% % ; 
what is the premium ? Art. 282, Ex. 4. 

7. An insurance company, having a risk of $25000 dollars at 
f^fo, reinsured $10000 at | ^ with another office, and $5000 at 
1 fo with another ; how much premium did it clear above what it 
paid? Art. 282, Ex. 7. 

8. When you have the amount insured and the ^premium 
given, how do you find the rate of insurance ? Art. 283, 
Case II. 

9. A vessel is insured for $42000; $18000 at 2^%, $15000 at 
3f fo , and the rest at 4| fo ; what was the rate of the whole ? 
Art. 283, Ex. 4. 

10. I took a risk at 1^ ^ ; reinsured § of it at 2 ^, and \ of it 
at 2^ ^ ; what rate of insurance do I get on what was left? Art. 
283, Ex. 6. 

11. When you have the premium and the rate of insurance 
given, how do you find the amount ? Art. 284, Case in. 

12. Paid $42.30 for insuring | of my house at j% ^ ; what is 
the house worth ? Art. 284, Ex. 3. 

13. Took a risk at 2 ^ ; reinsured $10000 of it at 2^^, and 
$8000 at 1| fo ; my share of the premium was $207.50; what sum 
was insured ? Art. 284, Ex. 6. 

14. When you have the rate of insurance and the amount 
of property to he insured given, how do you find the amount 
to be insured, so as to cover both property and premium? 
Art. 285, Case iv. Anal. 

15. What is the practical rule for insuring both property 
and premium ? Art. 285, Prac. R. 

16. I am insured to cover my library, worth $1856.20, at -^^ fo ; 
what was my premium? Art. 285, Ex. 3. 

17. What sum must be insured to cover property to the value 
of $4840 at I ^ , and what was the premium ? Art. 285, Ex. 4 



DUTIES OR CUSTOMS. 85 

TAXES. 

1. What are direct, and what indirect taxes ? Art. 286. 

2. Define s^. property -tax and ^poll-tax, and tell how they- 
are estimated. Art. 286. 

3. The taxable property and the rate of taxation being 
given, how do you find the property-tax? Art. 286, 
Case I, N. 

4. A's jDroperty is assessed at $3800; the rate of taxation is 
96 ct. on the $100; what is his whole tax if he pays a poll-tax 
of $1 ? Art. 286, Ex. 2. 

5. What is the tax on property assessed at $10424.50, and two 
polls at $1.50 each? Art. 286, Ex. 6. 

6. When the taxable property and the tax are given, how 
do you find the rate of taxation ? Art. 287, Case ii, N. 

Y. The taxable property in a town of 1742 polls is $6814320. 
A tax of $66913.54 is proposed. If the poll-tax of $1.25 is levied, 
what should be the rate of taxation ? Art. 287, Ex. 2. 

8. A's tax is $53.46 ; he pays for 3 polls at $1.50 each, and 
owns $8704 taxable property; what is the rate of taxation ? Art. 
287, Ex. 4. 

9. When the tax and the rate of taxation are given, how 
do you find the assessed value of property? Art. 288, 
Case III, and N. 

10. A corporation pays $564.42 tax at the rate of f^^ fo on the 
$100; find its capital. Art. 288, Ex. 2. 

11. A's income is 16 % of his capital; he is taxed 2^ fo of his 
income, and pays $26.04; what is his capital? Art. 288, Ex. 5. 

12. Sold a lot for $7599, which was cost and 2 % besides paid 
for tax; what was the cost? Art. 289, Ex. 2. 

DUTIES OR CUSTOMS. 

1. Define Duties or Customs, and mention their kinds. 
Art. 290. 

2. What are Ad Valorem duties, Specific duties, and In- 
voices? Art. 290. 

3. What are the allowances made in specific duties called ? 
Art. 290. 

4. Define Draft, Tare, Gross Weight, Net Weighty Leakage, 
and Breahagc. Art. 291. 



86 THE EXAMI.\EK. 

5. "What is the rule for calculating Specijic Duties? APwT. 
292, and X. 

6. What rule is applicable to all questions involTing duties. 
ad valorem, and why ? Art. 293, and Rem. 

7. "What is the duty on 50 drums of figs, each weighing 5T lb., 
draft as usual, tare 201b. to the cwt., at $12 a cwt. ? Art. 293, 
Ex. 5. 

8. What is the duty on oil-cloth 40 yd. long, and 3 yd. 2 ft. 
8 in. wi^e, worth 75 ct. a sq. yd., at 30 fc ad valorem? Art. 293, 
Ex 12. 

9. When the invoice of the goods and the diifi/ are given, 
how do you find the rate of duty ? Art. 29Jr, Case ii. 

10. If laces invoiced at $7618.75, cost when landed $914:2.50, 
what is the rate of duty ? Art. 294. Ex. 2. 

11. When the duti/ and the rate of duti/ are given, how do 
you find the invoice ? Art. 295. Case in. 

12. The duty on 1800 yd. of silk was $337.50 at 25 fo ad valo- 
rem: what was the invoice price per yd., and what must I charge 
per yd. to clear 20 fc ? Art. 295. Ex. 2. 

13. "When you have the cost in store, the rate ad valorem, 
and other charges, how do you ascertain the invoice ? Art. 
296, Case lY. 

14 French cloths, after paying 30 ^ duty, and other charges, 
$73.80, cost in store $7339.03: what were they invoiced at? Art. 
296, Ex. 1. 

INTEREST. 

1. Define Interest. Art. 297. 

2. What is meant by the Principal and what by the 
A:mount? Art. 297. 

3. When is interest payable? Art. 298. 

4. What is the rate of interest, and why so called? Art. 
299. 

5. If no rate of interest is specified, what is it understood 
to be ? Art. 299. 

6. If a higher rate of interest is charged than the law 
allows, what is it called ; and what is the consequence to the 
party so charging ? Art. 299. 



INTEREST. 87 

7. Give tlie legal rate of interest in the several States. 
Art. 300. 

8. Define Simple and Compound Interest. Art. 301. 

9. Which of the two is the more favorable to the debtor, 
and why? Art. 301. 

10. How does Simple Interest differ from other applications 
of per centage ? Art. 302. 

11. What four quantities are embraced in every question of 
interest, and which of them is to be taken as the standard 
of comparison ? Art. 303. 

12. Any three of these quantities being given, how do you 
find the fourth ? Art. 303, Gen. R. 

13. The principal, rate of interest, and time being given, 
how do you find the interest? Art. 304, H. and N. 

14. Where the rate of interest is greater or Jess than 6^, 
what methods are applicable ? Art. 304. 

15. What other methods can you give for finding interest? 
Art. 305-307. 

16. What practical rules can you give applicable to calcu- 
lations in interest? Art. 307, R. 1 and 2, N. 

17. Where the interest is calculated, as in New York, in 
some other parts of the United States, and in Grreat Britain, 
for 365 days in the year, what deduction must be made from 
the interest when calculated for 360 days in the year? Art. 
308. 

18. The simple interest of $1461.85 for 6 yr. Y mon. and 4 days 
at 10 fo =what? Art. 308, Ex. 6. 

19. The amount of $757.35 for 117 days at H % a month = 
what? Art. 308, Ex. 27. 

20. Find the simple interest of $7302.85 for 365 da. at 6 ^, 
counting 360 da. to the year. Art. 308, Ex. 38. 

21. If I borrow $1000000 in New York at 7 ^, and lend it at 
7 % in Ohio, what do I gain in 180 da. ? Art. 308, Ex. 41. 

22. What is the interest of $3416.20 at 6 ^, from February 3, 
1859, to August 9, 1863? Art. 308, Ex. 48. 

23. The simple interest of £493 16 s. 8d. for 1 yr. 8 mon. = 
what? Art. 308, Ex. 54, Sug. 

24. When the principal, interest, and time are given, how 
do you find the rate ? Art. 309, R. and N. 



88 THE EXAMINER. 

25. How do you prove the correctness of your calculations 
in this case ? Art. 309, Proof. 

26. If I borrow $5000 for 7 yr. 6 mo. 28 da., and return $10000, 
what is the rate of interest? Art. 309, Ex. 3. 

27. At what rate will any sum quadruple itself in 6 or 18 
years ? Art. 309, Ex. 6. 

28. A house that cost $8260 rents for $750 a year; the insur- 
ance ia -f^ fo, and the repairs ^ fo every year ; what rate of inter- 
est does it pay? Art. 309, Ex. 11. 

29. When the interest, rate, and time are given, how do you 
find the principal ? Art. 310, R. and N. 

30. What is the method of proof applicable? Art. 310, 
Proof. 

. 31. $45 a mon. at 9 % will require what principal ? Art. 
310, Ex. 3. 

32. If I receive $146.05 interest in 7 mon. and 14 da. at 6 %, 
what is the principal? Art. 310, Ex. 7. 

33. If the amount, rate, and time are given, how do you 
find the principal? Art. 311, R., N., and Sol. 

34. What is the mode of proof? Art. 31 1^ Proof, 

35. What principal in 10 mon. 26 da. will amount to $2718.96 
at 10 ^ ? Art. 311, Ex. 2. 

36. What principal at 7 % will amount to $562.07, in 79 da. 
(365 da. to a yr.) ? Art. 311,' Ex. 4. 

PRESENT WORTH. 

1. What is meant by Present Worth? Art. 312. 

2. Define clearly the difierence between discount as applied 
to present worth, and as applied to Commission and Broker- 
age, etc. Art. 312. 

3. Find the present worth and discount of $1476.81, due in 4 
mon. and 11 da., at 6 ^. Art. 312, Ex. 2. 

4. I can sell property for $7500 cash, or $4250 payable in 6 
mon., and $4000 payable in 1 yr. ; which should I prefer, and what 
do I gain by it, if money is worth 12 fo to me? Art. 312, Ex. 6. 

5. When the principal, rate, and interest are given, by 
what process do you find the time? Art. 313, R., N., and 
Sol. 



BANKING. 89 

6. What is the method of proof applicable ? Art. 313, 
Proof. 

7. How long will it take $1374.50, at 10 ^, to pay a debt of 
$1480.78? Art. 313, Ex. 7. 

8. How long would it take $175.12 to produce $6.43, interest at 
6 "/o ? Art. 313, Ex. 9. 

9. How long would it take $415.38 to produce $10.69 interest 
in New York at 7 ^ ? Art. 313, Ex. 10. 

10. By what formula may compound proportion be applied 
to the solution of all problems in interest, except those involv- 
ing present worth ? Art. 314. 

BANKING. 

1. Define Banks and Banking. Art. 316. 

2. What is the meaning of a Promissory Note ? Art. 317. 

3. What terms are applied respectively to the person who 
signs the note, to the person to whom the money is promised, 
and to the owner of the note? Art. 317. 

4. When is a promissory note negotiable ? Art. 317. 

5. In what circumstances may a negotiable note pass from 
hand to hand, with or without indorsement? Art. 317. 

6. What things are essential to the validity of a promis- 
sory note? Art. 317. 

7. What is meant by the face of a note? Art. 317. 

8. What words must a note contain in order to draw inter- 
est from date ? Art. 317. 

9. If it does not contain these words, when does it begin 
to draw interest? Art. 317. 

10. What is meant by the day of maturity, in reference to 
promissory notes? Art. 317, Rem. 

11. How may the liability of indorsers of notes be de- 
stroyed ? Art. 317. 

12. What is meant by protesting a note ? Art. 317. 

13. What kind of notes are legally due when presented? 
Art. 318. 

14. If a day of payment is specified in a note, when is it 
really due, and by what rule may that day be found ? Art. 
318, N. 

Ex.— 8. 



90 THE EXAMINER. 

15. What is meant by discountmg notes? Art. 319. 

16. What must characterize a note in order to be dis- 
counted ? Art. 319. 

17. What are the proceeds or cost of a note? Art. 319. 

18. What is the discount? Art. 319. 

19. What is meant by the time to run ? Art. 319. 

20. How is the time to run taken by banks, and why? 
Art. 319, Rem. 

21. In determining the day of maturity and the time to run, 
what kind of a table is useful? Art. 320. 

22. What rule for finding the proceeds and discount of 
a note of short date has custom sanctioned ? Art. 321, 
Case I, R. 

23. What is the distinction between hanh discount and true 
discount? Art. 321, N. 1. 

24. Which is the greater, bank or true discount? Art. 
321, N. 2. 

25. In calculating discount on notes, how may the operation 
be often shortened ? Art. 321, N. 3. 

26. Find the day of maturity, the time to run, and the proceeds 
of the following notes: 

$1962^4_5_ ^^^ York, July 26, 1863. 

Value received, four months after date, J promise to pay B. 
Thomas, or order, one thousand nine hundred sixty-two -^^^ dol- 
lars, at the Chemical Bank. . E. Williams. 

Discounted August 26, at 7 ^. Art. 321, Ex. 3. 

27. $804-y\%. Columbus, August 12, 1854. 
Three months after date, I promise to pay, at the City Bank of 

Columbus, eight hundred four -^^q dollars, to the order of Irwin 
and Lee, value received. J. Needham. 

Discounted September 3, at 6 %. Art' 321, Ex. 6. 

28. What is the efi"ect if the words /oin/?^ and severally are, 
or are not, in a note? Art. 321, Rem. 

29. Draw a note for $3886, payable one month after date, with 
C. McKnight as payee, in which T. Monroe and J. Foster shall 
be held jointly and severally for its payment. Art. 321, Ex. 7. 

30. Draw a note with two signers, in which they can be held 
for its payment as a company only. Art. 321," Ex. 8. 



PARTIAL PAYMENTS. 91 

31. What is tlie simplest process you are acquainted with 
for finding the rate of interest when a note is discounted? 
Art. 322, R. and Sol. 

32. When a 60 da. note is discounted at 6 ^ and 8 fo per an- 
num, what is the rate of interest? Art. 322, Ex. 2. 

33. Which are the most profitable to a discounter, notes 
for a short or a long time, and why ? Art. 322, Rem. 

34. How does discounting notes resemble calculations in 
simple interest? Art. 323. 

35. The proceeds, time, and rate of discount being given, 
by what process and rule do you find the face of the note ? 
Art. 323, R. and Sol. 

36. How may you prove your work ? Art. 323, Proof. 

37. What is the face of a note for 6 mon. discounted at 10 ^, 
which yields $4850 ? Art. 323, Ex. 5. 

38. What is the face of a 30 da. and 90 da. note, which, dis- 
counted at 6 ^, will net $1000? Art. 323, Ex. 8. 

39. What is the process of finding the rate of discount 
corresponding to a given rate of interest? Art. 324, R. 
and Sol. 

40. What rate of discount, on 60 da. notes, will yield 10, 12, 
and 18 fo interest per annum ? Art. 324, Ex. 2. 

PARTIAL PAYMENTS. 

1. Define Partial Payments. Art. 325. 

2. Grive the United States rule for calculating partial pay- 
ments. Art. 325, U. S. R. 

3. $1750. New York, November 22, 1852. 
For value received, two years after date, I promise to pay to the 

order of Spencer and Ward, seventeen hundred and fifty dollars, 
with interest at 7 ^. Jacob Winston. 

Indorsed, Nov. 25, 1854, $500; July 18, 1855, $50; Sept. 1, 1855, 
$600; Dec. 28, 1855, $75. What was due Feb. 10, 1856? Art. 
325, Ex. 4. 

4. What is the Connecticut Rule applicable to partial pay- 
ments ? Art. 326. 

5. What is the Vermo7it Rule ? Art. 327. 



92 THE EXAMINER. 

EXCHANGE. 

1. Define Exchange. Art. 328. 

2. When is exchange Foreign^ and when Home^ Domestic^ 
or Inland f Art. 328. 

3. Define a Bill of Exchange^ a Sight Bill, and a Time Bill. 
Art. 328. 

4. Define, also, the Drawer, Drawee, Payee, and Holder of 
a bill of exchange. Art. 328. 

5. How does the owneY or holder of a bill of exchange 
become responsible for its payment? Art. 328. 

6. What is a special indorsement on a bill of exchange? 
Art. 328. 

7. When the indorsement is blank, what is done ? Art. 
328. 

8. What is meant by Acceptor and Acceptance, in trans- 
actions of this kind ? Art. 328. 

9. In what respects is a bill of exchange like a promis- 
sory note ? Art. 329. 

10. Write first an inland, and then a foreign draft. Art. 
330. 

11. Are the words value received essential to a bill of ex- 
change? Art. 330, N. 1. 

12. What is done with bills of foreign exchange to meet 
the difficulty should one be lost? Art. 330, N. 2. 

13. Explain the rate of exchange, and show on what it 
depends. Art. 331. 

14. How do the calculations connected with foreign, differ 
from those connected with home exchange? Art. 332. 

15. What is meant by the par of exchange, and on what 
does it depend ? Art. 332. 

16. What is the course of exchange, and on what does it 
depend? Art. 332. 

17.^ When the course of exchange is known, how is the cost 
of a bill found? Art. 332. 

18. If the rate of exchange is given, how? Art. 332. 

19. What is true as to the rate or course of exchange 
being given, in respect to different countries ? Art. 332, 
N. 1. 



EQUATION OF PAYMENTS. 93 

20. In comparing U. S. money with sterling money, what 
form of reckoning is still customary, and why ? Art. 332, ,N. 2. 

21. When is sterling money actually par, above, and below 
par? Art. 332, N. 2. 

22. What is the cost of a 30 da. bill on New Orleans, for 
$7216.85 at 1^ discount, interest off at 6 % ? Art. 334, Ex. 2. 

23. What must be the face of a draft to cost $2000 at | ^ pre- 
mium ? Art. 334, Ex. 5. 

24. What is the cost in New York of a draft on London for 
£2748 11 s. 6 d., at 10 Jo premium ? Art. 335, Ex. 1. 

25. What is the face of a draft on Philadelphia, costing £1500, 
at 9i Jo premium for sterling ? Art. 335, Ex. 4. 

26. What will be the cost at Lisbon of a draft on the United 
States for $3542.60, at 1 milree = $1.28 ? Art. 335, Ex. 13. 

27. Define exchange, Direct and Circular. Art. 336. 

28. What is meant by Arbitration of Exchange f Art. 336. 

29. What is meant by the Chain Rule applicable to calcula- 
tions in exchange? Art. 337. 

30. If 3 men do as much as 7 women, and 10 women as much 
is 27 boys, and 42 boys as much as 75 girls, and 36 girls can bind 
iOO sheaves in an hour, how many can 12 men bind in an hour? 
Irt. 337, Ex. 10. ■ 

ACCOUNTS CURRENT. 

1. Define an Account Current. Art. 338. 

2. Give an example of a hanh account current, containing 
6 or 8 items on the Dr., and the same number on the Cr. side. 
Art. 338. 

3. Explain the columns on each side of the account, and 
show how the account is settled. Art. 338. 

4. Give the rules for such settlement. Art. 338, R. 

5. What is the rule for balancing a merchant's account 
current? Art. 339, R. and Rem. 

6. Define Storage Accounts, and give the rule for their 
settlement. Art. 340, and R. 

EQUATION OF PAYMENTS. 

1. Describe what is meant by Equation op Payments, 
Art. 341. 



94 THE EXAMINER. 

2. Give the process and the rule for finding the average, 
where there are only debits. Art. 341, Sol. and E.. 

3. What is the method of proof? Art. 341, Proof. 

4. What the process and rule where there are credits as 
well as debits ? Art. 342, Sol. and R. 

5. When will the balance draw interest, and when suffer 
discount? Art. 342, Rem. 

6. I owe $912 due Oct. 16, and $500 due Dec. 20. If I pay 
the first Oct. 1, 15 da. before it is due, when should I pay the last? 
Art. 343, Ex. 6. 

7. I buy property for $12000, \ in cash, and the balance- in 
two equal payments, at 3 and 6 months. I pay \ down, and the 
balance in 3 equal payments at equal intervals; what is the inter- 
val? Art. 243, Ex. 13. 

COMPOUND INTEREST. 

1. What is Compound Interest, and how u ^e^^ ;• differ 
from Simple Interest? Art. 345. 

2. In what respect is Compound Interest like Simple In- 
terest? Art. 346. 

3. When the principal, time, and 7^ate are given, how do 
you find the compound interest and amount ? Art. 347, 
Case I, Sol., R., and N. 

4 The compound interest of $13062.50, for 1 yr. lOmon. 12 da., 
payable quarterly, at 8 % = what ? Art. 347, Ex. 2. 

5. If I start with $5000, and increase my capital 15 fo every 
year, what will it be in 6 years ? Art. 347, Ex. 8. 

6. What is the use of tables in computing compound 
interest ? Art. 348. 

7. Find, by a suitable table, the compound interest and amount 
of $9401.50, for 19 yr. 4mon., at 9 fo, payable semi-annually. 
Art. 348, Ex. 14. 

8. The principal, time, and interest being given, how do 
you find the rate? Art. 349, Case ii, R. and N. 

9. At what rate will $2813.50 amount to $13276.03, in 17 yr. 
V mon. and 14 da. int. semi-annually? Art. 349, Ex. 4. 

10. At what rate will any sum double itself by compound inter- 
est, in 8 and 10 years? Art. 349, Ex. 6. 



AJJNUITIES. 95 

11. The compound interest, the time, and rate being given, 
how do you find the principal ? Art. 350, R. 

12. What sum in 6yr. 2 men. will yield $1625.75, compound 
interest at 7 ^, payable semi-annually? Art. 350, Ex. 2. 

13. When the compound amount, the time, and rate are 
given, how do you find the principal ? Art. 351, R, and N. 

14. How do you prove the correctness of such calculations ? 
Art. 351, Proof. 

15. What principal, in 7 yr., at 4 ^ compound interest, will 
amount to $27062.85 ? Art. 351, Ex. 1. 

16. Find the present worth of $14625.70, due in Syr. 9mon., at 
6 fo compound interest, payable semi-annually. Art. 351, Ex. 2. 

17. When the principal, rate, and compound interest, or 
amount are given, how do you find the time ? Art. 352, 
Case V, R. 

18. What is the mode of proof? Art. 352, Proof. 

19. In what time will $8000 amount to $12000, at 6 ^ com- 
pound interest? Art. 352, Ex. 1. 

20. In what time will $5200 draw $1308 compound interest, at 
6 fo , payable semi-annually ? Art. 352, Ex. 3. 

ANNUITIES. 

1. To what is Compound Interest principally applicable ? 
Art. 353. 

2. Define an Annuity. Art. 353. 

3. What are comprised under annuity f Art. 353. 

4. Whence the derivation of the term ? Art. 353. 

5. Define a Perpetuity, an Annuity Certain, and a Contingent 
Annuity. Art. 353. 

6. What is meant by an immediate annuity, and a deferred 
annuity, or an annuity in reversion? Art. 354. 

7. Define the terms forborne or final value of an annuity, 
the present value of an annuity, the initial value of an annuity, 
and its present value. Art. 354. 

8. When does an annuity properly begin? Art. 354. 

9. When the rate, the payment, and the interval are given, 
how do you find the initial value of a perpetuity? Art. 
355, R. and N. 



96 THE EXAMINEE. 

10. What must I pay for a perpetual lease of $756.40 a year, 
to secure 8 % interest ? Art. 355, Ex. 2. 

11. What is the initial value of a perpetual leasehold of $1600 
a year, payable semi-annually,- allowing 5 ^ interest, payable annu- 
ally ? Art. 355, Ex. 4. 

12. When the 'payment^ the interval^ the rate^ and the tirYie 
the 'perpetuity is deferred are given, how do you find the 
present value of a deferred perpetuity? Art. 356, Sol. 
and R. 

13. Find the present value of the reversion of a ]3erpetuity of $540 
a year, deferred 10 yr., interest 6 fo. Art. 356, Ex. 3. 

14. How do you find the present value of an annuity cer- 
tain, when the rate, the payment, the interval, and the time to 
run are given? Art. 357, R. and N. 

15. Find the present value of an annuity of $826.50, to com- 
mence in 3yr., and run 13 yr. 9 mon., interest 6^, payable semi- 
annually. Art. 357, Ex. 5, 

16. When the payment, the interval, the rate, and the time 
to run are given, how do you find the final or forborne value of 
an annuity? Art. 358, Sol., R., Rem. 

17. A pays $25 a year for tobacco; how much better off would 
he have been in 40 yr. if he had invested it at 10 % per annum? 
Art. 358, Ex. 2. 

18. B pays $150 a year to have his life insured for $5000; if he 
dies in 20 yr. does the insurance company gain or lose by him., and 
how much ? Art. 358, Ex. 5. 

19. When the rate, time to run, and the present or final 
value of an annuity are given, how do you find the payment? 
Art. 360, R., N., and Sol. 

20. How much a year should I pay to receive $15000 at the 
end of 17 yr., interest 7 % ? Art. 360, Ex. 2. 

21. When the payment, the rate, and present value of an 
annuity are given, how do you find the time it runs? Art. 
361, Sol., R., and N. 

22. In how many years can a debt of $22000, drawing 7 % in- 
terest, be discharged by a sinking fund of $2500 a year ? Art. 
361, Ex. 3. 



CONTINGENT ANNUITIES. 97 

23. When the jpayment, time to run, and present value of an 
annuity are given, how do you find the rate of interest? 
Art. 362, R. 

24. If $9000 is paid for an immediate annuity of $750, to run 
20 yr., what is the rate? Art. 362, Ex. 1. 

CONTINGENT ANNUITIES. 

1. What are comprised in Contingent Annuities? Art. 
363. 

2. Explain life-insurance, and the following terms con- 
nected with it : Annual Prertimm, Bills of Mortality, Expecta- 
tion of Life. Art. 363. 

3. How do you find the value of a given annuity on the 
life of a person whose age is known ? Art. 364, R. and N. 

4. What must be paid for a life annuity of $650 a year, by a 
person aged 72 yr., interest 7 ^ ? Art. 364, Ex. 1. 

5. What is the process Gf finding how large a life annuity 
can be purchased for a given sum, by a person whose age is 
known ? Art. 365, R. 

6. How large an annuitj' can be purchased for $1200, age 43, 
interest 5 % ? Art. 365, Ex. 2. 

7. What are the process and rule for finding the present 
value of the reversion of a given annuity ; that is, what remains 
of it, after the death of the possessor, whose age is known ? 
Art. 366, R. and N. 

8. Find the present value of the reversion of a lease of $1600 
a year, for 40 yr., after the death of A aged 62, interest 7^. 
Art. 366, Ex. 3. 

9. What are the method and rule for finding the single 
and annual premium, paid by one of a given age to secure a 
given sum at death ? Art. 367, R. and N. 

10. Find the single and the annual premium necessary to secure 
$1000 at the death of a person aged 32, allowing interest at 5 fo. 
Art. 367, Ex. 1. 

11. If the holder of a life-insurance policy wishes to sell it, 
or surrender it to the company, how may he ascertain its 
value ? Art. 368, R. ^ 

Ex.— 0. 



98 THE EXAMINER. 

12. What the value of a policy when the premium in it is $74,, 
the premium now, $82, age 42 yr., int. 5 fc ? Art. 368, Ex. 2. 

PROPORTIONAL PARTS. 

1. Give' the process and rule for dividing any number into 
proportional parts. Art. 369, Sol., R., and N. 

2. Divide 60 apples among 3 boys in proportion to their ages, 
which are 7, 10, and 13. Art. 369, Ex. 2. 

3. I of A's money is equal to | of B's, and both have $222 ; 
how much has each? Art. 369, Ex. 4. 

4. Divide the cost of a supper, $4.50, among 3 persons, in pro- 
portion to their money; A has $100, B $75, and C $125. Art. 

369, Ex. 7. 

5. Divide 1065 in the proportion of 3, 5, and 7, also in the 
proportion of i, i, and l Art. 369, Ex. 11. 

6. Pewter is 112 parts tin, 15 lead, and 6 brass; how much of 
each ingredient in 21b. 1 oz. 4 dr. of pewter? Art. 369, Ex. 14. 

PARTNERSHIP. 

1. Define Partnership. Art. 370. 

2. Define Jirm^ ho2ise, or company^ capital, stock, and divi- 
dend. Art. 370. 

3. What is meant by Simple Fellowship, and Compound 
Fellowship? Art. 370, Rem. 

4. How will you divide the gain or loss, when each part- 
ner's stock has been employed for the same time ? Art. 

370, Case i, Sol., R. 

5. A pasture rents for $160; A puts in 24 cattle, B 20, C 60, 
D 96, and they pay in proportion ; what does each pay ? Art. 
370, Ex. 3. 

6. A, B, and C, in partnership, have capital respectively $19200, 
$24000, and $32400; they sell out for $100000; how much does 
each get? Art. 370, Ex. 9. 

7. A, B, and C have a joint capital stock of $27000; neither 
withdraws from the firm, and when they dissolved A had $20000, 
B $16000, and C $12000; what sum did each contribute? Art. 

370, Ex. 12. 

8. What modification of this process is necessary when the 
capital of the partners is employed for difierent times ? Art. 

371, Sol. 



RATE BILLS FOR SCHOOLS. 99 

9. What rule is applicable in this case ? Art. 371, R.. 
10. What is the method of proof? Art. 371, Proof. 

IL A and B are partners, each contributing $1000; after 3 
months, A withdraws $400, which B advances ; the same is done 
after 3 months more; their year's gain is $800; what should each 
ge^? Art. 371, Ex. 4. 

12. A's gain is $1800, B's $2250, C's 3200; A's capital was em- 
ployed 6mon., B's 9 mon., and C's 1 yr. and 4mon. ; how much 
of the capital, $27450, did each own ? Art. 371, Ex. 15. 

BANKRUPTCY. 

1. Define a Bankrupt. Art. 372. 

2. Define the terms assignee and pro rata. Art. 372. 

3. What is the rule for dividing the property of a bank- 
rupt? Art. 372, R. and N. 

4. A bankrupt's estate is worth $16000 ; his debts are $47500. 
The assignee charges 5^. What is paid on the dollar; what 
does B get, whose claim is $3650 ? Art. 372, Ex. 3. 

GENERAL AVERAGE. 

1. What is meant by the term General Average, and to 
what, and how is it applied? Art. 373. 

2. In estimating the expenses of repairs or losses, etc., how 
are the goods on board ship, and the freight, valued ? Art. 
373. 

3. What deduction is made, and from what, for seamen's 
wages? Art. 373. 

4. If the loss is for repairs, what is done? Art. 373. 

5. Give the rule applicable to general average. Art. 
373, R. 

6. The brig Adams, of New York, bound to New Orleans, suf- 
fered damage, $480, and loss of cargo, $5600. The vessel was val- 
ued at $18800; the freight, $3200; the cargo, $29600. Divide the 
loss, and settle A's account, who shipped $14400, and lost $1800. 
Art. 373, Ex. 2. 

RATE BILLS FOR SCHOOLS. 

1, What are Rate Bills, and what is the rule for making 
them out? Art. 374, R. and N. 



100 THE EXAMINER. 

2. The salary of a teacher is $35 per month; the other ex 
penses for 1 quarter, $6.80; the public money is $10.20; the whole 
number of days of attendance is 1120; what is the rate per day, 
atid what is E's bill, who has sent 48 days? Art. 374, Ex. 4. 

ALLIGATION. 

1. Define Alligation, and state its use. Art. 375. 

2. What term is applied to the result obtained by alliga- 
tion ? Art. 375. 

3. The cost and quantity of each ingredient being known, 
how do you find the average price of a mixture? Art. 
375, Sol., R., and N. 

4. Find the average price of 40 hogs at $8 each, 30 at $10 
each, 16 at $12.50, and 54 at $11.75 each. Art. 375, Ex. 2. 

5. Find the specific gravity of a compound of 15 lb. of copper, 
specific gravity 7|; 81b. of zinc, specific gravity 6|; and |lb. of 
silver, specific gravity 10^. Art. 375, Ex. 4. 

6. By what process do you find what proportion of sev- 
eral ingredients, whose prices are known, must be used to 
form a mixture of a given price? Art. 376*^, Anal., N. 

7. What is the method of proof? Art. 376^, Proof. 

8. What relative quantities of tea, worth 25, 27, 30, 32, and 
45 ct. per lb., must be taken for a mixture worth 28 ct. per lb.? 
Art. 376«, Ex. 2. 

9. What relative quantities of pure gold (24 carats), and 18 
carats, and 20 carats, must be taken to make 22 carat gold ? 
Art. 37 6« Ex. 7. 

10. When the prices of the ingredients, and the quantity 
and prices of the mixture are given, how do you find the 
quantity of each irgredient? Art. 376^, Sol. and R. 

11. Whatsis the method of Proof? Art. 376^, Proof. 

12. How much gold, 15 carats fine, 20 carats fine, and pure, 
will make a ring 18 carats fine, weighing 4pwt. 16 gr.? Art. 
3766, Ex. 2. 

13. The price cf the mixture, the prices of the ingredients, 
and the quantity of one ingredient being given, how do you 
find the quantities of the other ingredients, and of the mix- 
ture? Art. 377, R., N., and Sol. 



INVOLUTION. 101 

14. A jeweler has 3 pwt. 9gr. of old gold, 16 carats fine; liow 
much United States gold, 21| carats fine, must be mixed with it 
to make it 18 carats fine? Art. 377, Ex. 3. 

15. When the price of the mixture, the price of each ingre- 
dient, and the quantities of two or more ingredients are given, 
how do yoLi find the quantities of the remaining ingredients, 
and of the mixture? Art. 378, Sol., R. 

16. What is the mode of proof applicable? Art. 378, 
Proof. 

17. How much water, wdth 3pt. of alcohol 96% strong, and 
8pt. 78 %, will make a mixture 60 % strong? Art. 378, Ex. 2. 

18. When the quantity and price of the mixture, the quan- 
tities and prices of one or more ingredients, and the prices of 
the remaining ingredients are given, how do you find the quan- 
tities of the remaining ingredients ? Art. 379, Sol., R. 

19. What quantities of tea, at 25 ct. and 35 ct. a lb., with 141b. 
at 30 ct., and 201b. at 50 ct, and 61b. at 60 ct, will make 561b. 
at40ct? Art. 379, Ex. 2. 

INVOLUTION. 

1. Define Involution. Art. 380. 

2. Describe a 'power and its root. Art. 380. 

3. What is meant by the degree of a power, and how is 
the degree indicated? Art. 380. 

4. How are the difi"erent powers of numbers designated? 
Art. 380. 

5. What is the process of finding any power of any num- 
ber ? Art. 381, R. and N. 

6. When the exponent of a required power is a composite 
number, by what short process may the required result be 
obtained ? Art. 382. 

7. To what is any power of a common fraction equal, and 
what is the process of finding it? Art. 383. 

8. How do you find any power of a decimal ? Art. 384. 

9. The fifth power of 6 = what ? Art. 384, Ex. 3. 

10. 110 = what? Art. 384, Ex. 5. 

11. The fifth power of | = what? Art. 384, Ex. 8. 

12. The third power of .046 = what? Art. 384, Ex. 11. 

13. (7.62^)2 = what? Art. 384, Ex. 14. 



102 THE EXAMINER. 

EVOLUTION. 

1. Define Evolution. Art. 385. 

2. What otlier name is given to the operation ? Art, 385, 

3. How are degrees applied to roots? Art. 386. 

4. AVhat signs are used to indicate the various roots of 
numbers? Art. 387. 

5. Indicate in both ways the square root of 7 ; the cube 
root of 5 ; and the fourth root of 64. Art. 387. 

6. To what is any root of 1 equal ? Art. 887, N. 

THE SQUARE ROOT. 

1. Define the Square Root of a number. Art. 388. 

2. If the root of a number can not be exactly obtained, 
what is that number called ? Art. 388. 

3. What relation does the nwnher of figures in the square 
root of a number bear to those in that number ? Art. 389. 

4. If a number is composed of tens and units, of what will 
its square consist? Art. 389, Prop. 

5. Give the process and the rule for finding the square 
root of any number. Art. 390, R. and JST. 

6. Find the square root of 49098049. Art. 390, Ex. 6. 

7. l/ 185640625= what? Art. 390, Ex. 7. 

8. i/38p = what? Art. 390, Ex. 12. 

9. To what is the square root of a common fraction equal? 
Art. 391. 

10. What is the process of finding the square root of a com- 
mon fraction and of a mixed number? Art. 391, N. 1, 2. 

11. -/I ; /|^ ; / 901 = what respectively ? Art. 391, Ex. 1, 3, 6. 

12. What is the process of finding the square root of deci- 
mals? Art. 392, N. 1, 2, 3. 

13. Extract the square root of 2.135 to thousandths place. 
Art. 392, Ex. 3. 

14 t/| in decimal hundredths = what ? Art. 392, Ex. 2. 

15. What is the rule for the contracted method of extract- 
ing the square root of decimals ? Art. 392, R. 

16. To what is the extraction of the square root applicable? 
Art. 393-397. 



CUBE ROOT. 103 

17. By what rule do you find the side of a square of a 
given area ? Art. 393, Sol, and R. 

18. What length of fencing will be necessary for a square field 
containing 8 A. 2 R. 9 P. ? Art. 393, Ex. 2. 

19. What is a triangle? Art. 394. 

20. Describe a right angled triangle, and also its hypotenuse. 
Art. 394. 

21. How do you find the length of the hypotenuse, when 
the length of the perpendicular sides are known ? Art. 
395, Sol. and E. 

22. What is the method of finding either of the perpen- 
dicular sides, when the other side and hypotenuse are given? 
Art, 396, Sol. and R. 

23. What is saved by following the diagonal instead of the sides 
of a rectangle which are respectively 69 and 92 rods ? Art. 396, 
Ex. 3. 

24 A boat in crossing a river 500 yd. wide drifted with the 
current 360 yd. ; how far did it go ? Art. 396, Ex. 4. 

25. Similar figures are in what ratio to each other? Art. 
397. 

26. What follows from this? Art. 397, 1st and 2d, 

27. One square is 121 times another; how many times does the 
side of i\\Q first contain the side of the second f Art. 397, Ex. 1. 

CUBE ROOT. 

1. Define the Cube Root of a number. Art. 398. 

2. W^hat is an imperfect cube, and to within what may any 
cube root be found? Art. 398. 

3. The cube of any number composed of tens and units 
will consist of what orders ? Art. 399, Prop. 

4. Can you demonstrate the truth of this? Art. 399, 
Dem, 

5. Describe the process and give the rule applicable to the 
extraction of the cube root. Art. 400, R. and N. 

6. Find the cube root of 7301384. Art. 400, Ex. 3. 

7. What signs indicate that the cube root is to be ex- 
tracted? Art. 398. 

8. 1^7825 = what? Art. 400, Ex. 8. 



104 THE EXAMINER. 

9. How do you find the cube root of a common fraction? 
Art. 401, R. 1. 

10. Give the process and the rule for finding the cube root 
of decimals. Art. 402, R. and N. 

11. 1^1 f^, and f^fiQ% = what respectively? Art. 401, 
Ex. 1, 3, 5. 

12. 1^32.65 = what? Art. 403, Ex. 3. 

13. Describe the contracted method of finding the cube root 
of decimals. Art. 403. 

14. 1^1 = what, expressed decimally? Art. 403, Ex. 10. 

15. Give a rule for finding the side of a cube containing a 
given solidity. Art. 404, R. 

16. Find the side of a cube equal to a rectangular solid 14 ft. 
5 in. long, 6 ft. 8 in. wide, and 3 ft. 2 in. high. Art. 404, Ex. 2. 

17. What relation do similar solids bear to each other, and 
what follows from this relation ? Art. 405, 1st and 2d. 

18. The lengths of two similar solids are 4 in. and 50 in. ; the 
first contains 16 cu. in., what does the second contain? Art. 

405, Ex. 1. 

19. What is Horner's method of extracting any root? Art. 

406, R. 

20. How may that process be often shortened ? Art. 407. 

21. When the index of the root to be extracted is a com- 
posite number, how may the process be shortened ? Art. 
407. 

SERIES. 

1. Define a Series. Art. 408. 

2. The numbers which form a series are called what? 
Art. 408. 

3. What is meant by the terms Ascending Series and De- 
scending Series^ and what are the Extremes ? Art. 408. 

4. Describe Arithmetical Series. Art. 409. 

5. What is the process for finding the last, or any term, of 
an arithmetical series, when the first term, common difierence, 
and the number of terms, are known? Art. 410, R. 

6. Find the 18th term of the series 100, 96, etc. Art. 410,Ex. 2. 

7. Find the 64th term of the series 3|, 5|, etc. Art. 410, Ex. 3. 



GEOMETRIC SERIES. 105 

8. The last term, common difference, and number of terms 
being known, how do you find the first term? Art. 411, 
R. and N. 

9. What will be the first term of the series 68, Yl, etc., having 
19 terms? Art. 411, Ex. 1. 

10. Find the first term of the series 18|, 12^, 61 having 365 
terms. Art. 411, Ex. 3. 

11. How do you find the common difference when the 
extremes and number of terms are known ? Art. 412, R. 

12. Find the common difference of a series whose extremes are 
4^ and 20|, and number of terms 14. Art. 412, Ex. 2. 

13. Find the common difference of a series whose 44th term is 
150, and 19th term 30. Art. 412, Ex. 3. 

14. The extremes and common difference being known, how 
do you find the number of terms? Art. 413, K. ** 

15. What is the number of terms in a series whose extremes 
are 3 and 10^, and common difference |? Art. 413, Ex. 2. 

16. What is the method of inserting a given number of 
arithmetical means between two given numbers ? Art. 414, R. 

17. Insert 5 arithmetical means between 6 and 30. Art. 414, 
Ex. 2. 

18. Insert 4 arithmetical means between 2 and 3. Art. 414, 
Ex. 4. 

19. The extremes and number of terms being known, how 
do you find the sum of an arithmetical series? Art. 415, 
R. and N. 

20. What is the sum of the arithmetical series 1, 2, 3, etc., hav- 
ing 10000 terms? Art. 415, Ex. 3. 

21. Find the sum of the arithmetical series 4.12, 17.25, 30.38, 
etc., having 250 terms. Art. 415, Ex. 6. 

GEOMETRIC SERIES. 

1. How is a Geometric Series formed? Art. 416. 

2. What is the fixed number by which you multiply called? 
Art. 416. 

3. What is the process of finding the last, or any term, 
of a geometric series, when the first term, the common ratio, 
and the number of terms are known? Art. 417^ R. and N. 



106 THE EXAMINER. 

4. Find the last tel^m of the series 2, 5, 12^, having 6 terma 
Art. 41Y, Ex. 2. 

5. What is the 10th term in a series whose first term is 4, and 
common ratio 3? Art. 417, Ex. 4. 

6. When the last term, number of terms, and common 
ratio are known, how do you find the first term? Art. 418, 
K. and N. 

Y. Find the first term in a series whose 9tli term is 51Q, and 
common ratio 3. Art. 418, Ex. 3, 

8. How do you find the common ratio when the extremes 
and number of terms are known? Art. 419, R. 

9. Find the common ratio of a series whose first term is 8, and 
4th term 512. Art. 419, Ex. 1. 

10. What is the method of inserting a given number of 
geometric means between two given numbers? Art. 420, R. 

. 11. Insert 4 geometric means between 6 and 192. Art. 420, 
Ex. 2. 

12. What is the process by which to find the sum of all 
the terms in a geometric series, when the extremes and com- 
mon ratio are known? Art. 421, R., N. 

13. Find the sum of 16384, 8192, etc., to 20 terms. Art. 421, 
Ex. 2. 

14. If the -4th term of a series be 216, the 8th term 42|, and 
the number of terms 10, what is the sum of them all? Art. 

421, Ex. 7. 

PERMUTATIONS. 

1. What do you understand by Permutation, in an arith- 
metical sense ? ' Art. 422. 

2. How can you find the number of changes possible with 
a given number of objects, using them all each time? Art. 

422, R. 

3. How many changes are possible with the letters that com- 
pose the word anthem ? Art. 422, Ex. 2. 

4. In how many diff'erent ways may the 8 notes of an octave 
be written ? Art. 422, Ex. 4. 

5. By what process can you find the number of permuta- 
tions of a given number of objects, using a given number less 
than all each time ? Art. 423, R. 



DUODECIMALS. ] 07 

6. How many changes can be made with 5 letters, using 2 
each time? Art. 423, Ex. 2. 

COMBINATIONS. 

1. What are Combinations, in an arithmetical sense? 
Art. 424. 

2. What is the process of finding the number of combina- 
tions possible, with a given number of objects, using a given 
number of them each time ? Art. 424, R. 

3. How many combinations of 9 letters are possible, taken 4 
in each set? Art. 424, Ex. 2. 

SYSTEMS OF NOTATION. 

1. What is the radix of any System of Notation? Art. 
425. 

2. What is the radix of the ordinary, or decimal system? 
Art. 425. 

3. How do you change a number in the decimal system to 
any other system whose radix is known? Art. 426, R. 
and N. 

4. Change 8764 in the decimal system to such numbers as 
have 2, 5, and 9 as a radix, respectively. Art. 426, Ex. 1. 

5. How can you reduce a number in any system whose 
radix is known, to the decimal system ? Art. 427, R. 

6. Eeduce 7056341 in the system whose radix is 8, and 201221 
in the system whose radix is 3, to the decimal system. Art. 
427, I^'. 1. 

7. By what process can you change a number in any sys- 
tem whose radix is known, to any other system whose radix is 
known ? Art. 428, R. 

8. Change 4210532 from the system whose radix is 6, to 
another whose radix is 4, Art. 428, Ex. 1. 

DUODECIMALS. 

1. What is the radix of the duodecimal system, and to what 
practical purposes is this system mostly applied? Art. 429. 

2. What is the unit of the system, and what are its vari- 
ous denominations called ? Art. 429. 



108 THE EXAMINER. 

3. "What general rule applies to all operations under this 
system? Art. 430, R. 

4. How are the units and parts of units indicated in this 
system ; or, in other words, what are the symbols applied to 
the different denominations? Art. 430, Rem. 

5. 3 ft. 1' 6^^+ 1ft. 8^^ 10^^^+4ft. r r^^ = what? Art. 430 
Ex. 1. 

6. 20ft. 10^^— 14ft. 9^ V 8^^^= what? Art. 430, Ex. 2. 

Y. What is the surface of a floor 32 ft. 8^ Af' long by 21 ft. 6^ 
8^^ wide? Art. 430, Ex. 5. 

8. What is the solidity of a log 16 ft. 2^ 4^^ long by 1ft. 9^ 
wide and 10^ 6^^ thick? Art. 430, Ex. 6. 

9. 14 ft. 3^ W 4^^^-^-8 = what? Art. 430, Ex. Y. 

10. How long must a board be that is 1 ft. 5^ wide, to contain 
19 sq. ft. V 1''' Vn Art. 430, Ex. 12. 

MENSURATION OF SURFACES.* 

1. What is a. parallelogram? Art. 431. 

2. If the adjacent sides are perpendicular to each other, 
what term is applied to the figure ? Art. 431. 

3. What is the method of finding the area of any paral- 
lelogram, rectangle, or square ? Art. 431, R. and N. 

4. Define a triangle, its base and altitude. Art. 432. 

5. What is the process of finding the area of a triangle 
with the base and altitude given? Art. 432, R. 

6. What is the process of finding the area of a triangle 
with the three sides given ? Art. 432, R. 

7. What is a trapezoid? Art. 433. 

8. How do you find the area of a trapezoid ? Art. 433, 
R. and N. 

9. What rule can you give for finding the area of any 
irregular figure bounded by four or more straight lines ? 
Art. 434, R. 

10. How is Plasterers', Painters\ and Pavers' work com- 
puted? Art. 435. 

11. What is a circle, and what is meant by the diameter and 
the radius? Art. 436. 

*For problems in Mensuration, such as all candidates should be able to solve 
readily, see Ray's Higher Arithmetic and Ray's Three Thousand Test Examples. 



MENSURATION OF SOLIDS. 109 

12. How is the circumference of a circle found from the 
diameter ? Art. 437, R. and N. 

13. What is the method of '^.nding the diameter of a circle 
from its circumference ? Art. 438, R. 

14. How is the area of a circle found from its diameter, or 
from its circumference? Art. 439, E-. 

15. How do you find the area of a circle from the circum- 
ference and diameter? Art. 439, R, 3. 

16. With what rule for finding the area of a triangle is 
this one identical, and why? Art. 439, N. 

17. How is the diameter or circumference of a circle found 
from the area ? Art. 440, R. 

MENSURATION OF SOLIDS. 

1. Define a pr^s?7^. Art. 441. 

2. Of what forms may the bases of this solid be, and how 
is it designated accordingly? Art. 441. 

3. When is the prism called a parallelopiped^ and when a 
cylinder ? Art. 441. 

4. What is the altitude of a prism? Art. 441. 

5. AVhat is the process of finding the solidity of any 
prism or cylinder? Art. 442, N. 

6. Describe a pyramid. Art. 443. 

7. Why may a pyramid be called triangular, quadrangular, 
etc.? Art. 443, 

8. If the base is a circle, what is the solid called ? Art. 443. 

9. What is the altitude of a pyramid or cone, and what is 
the vertex? Art. 443. 

10. How do you find the solidity of any pyramid or cone ? 
Art. 444, R. 

11. Define a right prism, or right cylinder, and state where 
on the base the altitude falls. Art. 445. 

12. Define the surface of a solid, the convex surface, and 
the slant hight. Art. 446. 

13. What is the process of finding the convex surface of a 
right prism, or right cylinder? Art. 447, R. and N. 

14. How do you find the convex surface of a right pyra- 
mid, or right cone? Art. 448, R. and N. 



110 THE EXAMINER. 

15. Define a sphere or globe, its center, diameter, and radium 
Art. 449. 

16. How do you find the surface of a sphere from its diam- 
eter? Art. 450, R. and N. 

17. How is the solidity of a sphere found from its diameter ; 
also from its surface and diameter? Art. 451, R. and N. 

18. Describe the frustum of a pyramid or cone, also its 
altitude and slant hight. Art. 452. 

19. By what method is the convex surface of a frustum of 
a right pyramid or right cone found? Art. 453, R. and N. 

20. What is the rule for finding the solidity of a frustum 
of a right pyramid, or frustum of a right cone ? Art. 
454, R. 

MASONS' AND BRICKLAYERS' WORK. 

1 . How is the work of Masons and Bricklayers measured ? 
Art. 455. 

2. How do you find the number of perches in a piece of 
masonry? Art. 456, R. and N. 

GAUGING. 

1. What is meant by gauging? Art. 457. 

2. What is the process of gauging any vessel in the form 
of a rectangidar solid, cylinder, frustum of a cone, etc. ? Art. 
457, R. and N. 

3. How do you find the contents in gallons of a cask or 
barrel ? Art. 458, R. and N. 

TUNNAGE OF VESSELS. 

1. What is the Carpenters^ Rule for ascertaining the tun- 
nage of vessels ? Art. 459. 

2. What is the Government Rule for the same purpose? 
Art. 459, Gov. Rule. 

3. What is a still more accurate method? Art. 460, 

R. and N. 

MECHANICAL POWERS. 

1. Name the Mechanical Powers. Art. 461. 

2. Define power, weight, and friction, as applied to ma- 
chinery. Art. 461. 



MECHANICAL POWERS. HI 

3. What is the ratio usually allowed of friction to the 
power applied? Art. 461. 

4. What is the proportion by which to compare the power 
and weight in a machine ? Art. 462, R. and N, 

5. Define the lever and its fulcrum. Art. 463. 

6. How many and what kinds of levers are there ? Art. 
463, 1st, 2d, 3d. 

-7. By what rule do you determine the relative power and 
weight in any lever ? Art. 464, R. and N. 

8. The whe<il and axle being a sort of lever, explain sev- 
erally the fulcrum and lever^ and liow and where the power 
and weight act. Art. 465. 

9. What is the proportion applicable to the wheel and axle? 
Art. 465, R. and N. 

10. Explain the inclined plane and its uses. Art. 466. 

11. By what rule are calculations thereon made? Art. 
466, R. 

12. Define the screiu. Art. 467. 

13. How is the power applied, and the weight moved? 
Art. 467. 

14. What proportion is applicable to calculations on this 
power? Art. 467, R. and N. 

15. Explain the pulley. Art. 468. 

16. What advantage arises from using a single pulley ? 
Art. 468. 

17. In a system of pulleys, what advantage is gained, and 
how? Art. 468. 

18. What proportion is applicable to calculations on this 
power? Art. 468, R. 

19. Define the wedge, and explain the method of making 
calculations thereon. Art. 468, N. 

20. By what rule is the pressure of the steam, in pounds, 
on each square inch of the surface of the boiler of a steam- 
engine, ascertained? Art. 469, R. and N. 

21. How is the horse-power of a steam-engine found? Art. 
469, Prob. 2, R., and N. 



FA.RT III. 



GEOGRAPHY. 

J|^° The following references in the questions on Geography are all 
to Mitchell's New Intermediate Geography. 



DEFINITIONS. 

1. From what is the term Geography derived? P. 5, 
C. 1. 

2. What is the import of the term? P. 5, C. 1. 

3. What is the meaning of the word planet f P. 5, C. 1. 

4. How many, and what planets are there in our system? 

Ans. The names of the eight planets, in the order of their relative 
proximity to the sun, are Mercury^ Venus, Uarth, Mars^ Jupiter, Saturn, 
Uranus, and Neptune. 

5. Into what three departments is geography divided ? 
P. 5, C. 2. 

6. Define Physical or Natural Geography. P. 5, C. 2. 

7. What is meant by the Natural Divisions of the Earth? 
P. 5, C. 2. 

8. How much is included in Physical Geography? P. 5, 
C. 2. 

9. What is included in Mathematical Geography ? P. 5, 
C. 2. 

10. Define Political Geography. P. 5, C. 2. 

DIVISIONS OF THE LAND. 

1. Name the principal divisions of the Land. P. 6, C. 1. 

2. Define a Continent. P. 6, C. 1. 

3. How many and what continents are there ? P. 6, 0. 1. 

4. What does the Eastern Continent include? P. 6, C. 1. 

5. Define an Island. P. 6, C. 1. 

rii2> 



DIVISIONS OF WATER. US 

6. Describe a Peninsula, and give the etymology of the 
word. P. 6, C. 2. 

7. What is an Isflimus ? P. 6, C. 2. 

8. Describe a Cape and a Promontory, and name the dif- 
ference between them. P. 6, C 2. ■* 

9. What is a Cbas^ or >S'/iore f P. 6, C. 2. 

10. Describe Hills and 3Iountains. P. 6, C. 2. 

11. Describe a Mountain Chain or Range. P. 6, C. 2. 

12. From what is the hight of mountains measured? P. 
6, C. 2. 

13. Describe a Volcano and its Crater. P. 7, 0. 1. 

14. How large the number of volcanoes ? P. 7, C. 1. 

15. What is a Valley? P. 7, C. 1. 

16. Describe a P/am. P. 7. C. 1. 

DIVISIONS OF WATER. 

1. What are the natural divisions of Water 9 P. 7, C. 1. 

2. Define an Ocean and a /S'ea, and state the difference be- 
tween them. P. 7, C. 1 and 2. 

3. Into what parts is the ocean divided, and how are they 
designated? P. 7, C. 2. 

4. How do these compare in magnitude? P. 7, C. 2, 

5. Describe a Lahe. P. 7, C. 2. 

6. What kind of water do lakes contain ? P. 7, C. 2. 

7. Define a (r?^//*, 5«?/, Strait, and Sound. P. 7, C. 2. 

8. Define a Elver. P. 7, C. 2. 

9. What are the Banhs of a river, and how distinguished 
from each other? P. 7, C. 2. 

10. How are riYers formed? P. 8, C. 1. 

11. What is a Trihutarij or Affluent? P. 8, C. 1. 

12. Describe a Cataract. P. 8, C. 1. 

13. What is a Delta., and why so called? P. 8, C. 1. 

14. What is a Frith or Estuary? P. 8, C. 1. 

RACES OF MANKIND. 
1. How many Races of Men are there? P. 8, C. 2. 
'2. What race is generally found among the civilized nations 
of Europe and America ? P. 8, C. 2. 
Ex.— 10. 



114 THE EXAMINER. 

3. Where is .the IlongoUan race found? P. 8, C. 2. 

4. Where is the Black race found? P. 8, C. 2. 

5. What part of the world is inhabited by the Red race? 
P. 8, C. 2. 

6. What is the remaining race, and where found ? P. 
8, C. 2. 

MOTIONS OF THE EARTH. 

Jg®"" The most marked deficiencies in geographical knowledge 
which the author has observed on the part of those whom he has 
examined, have related to the few simple astronomical facts necessarily 
involved in geography. This has appeared the more surprising, be- 
cause these facts are so feiv and simple. They are quite as easily under- 
stood, and, certainly, far more easily remembered, than most of the 
details of descriptive geography. In short, there is no good reason why 
any candidate should even partially fail, in this part of his examina- 
tion. 

1. What is the exact shape of the earth? P. 9, 0. 1, 

2. What are the proofs that the earth is spherical? 

Ans. Three common and satisfactory proofs are the following : 

1st. The highest parts of a ship are seen first in the distance ; and, 
as she approaches nearer, the lower part comes into view. 

2d. Many navigators have sailed constantly in one general direc- 
tion, either east or west, and thus returned to the place from which 
they started, 

3d. The shadow which the earth casts on the moon, during a lunar 
eclipse, is circular. Neither of these things could happen unless the 
earth were round. 

3. How many and what motions has the earth? P. 9, C. 1. 

4. How are they designated? 

Ans. That of the earth on its axis is called the diurnal, and that 
around the sun is called its annual motion. 

5. Describe the axis of the earth. P. 9, C. 1. 

6. What is the effect of the motion of the earth on its 
axis? P. 9, C. 1. 

7. In what direction is this motion of the earth, and what 
time is requisite for its revolution? . P. 9, C. 1. 

8. What effects are produced by the revolution of the 
earth around the sun? P. 9, C. 1. 

9. What is the circumference of the earth? P. 9, C. 1. 
10. What is the diameter of the earth? P. 9, C. 1. 



MOTIONS OF THE EARTH. 115 

11. Which is the greater, the Equatorial or Polar diame' 
ter of the earth? 

Ans. The equatorial diameter is about twenty-six miles greater. 

12. How much nearer the center of the earth is the North 
Pole than any point on the Equator? 13 miles. 

13. What is a Greo.t Circle of the earth ? P. 9, C. 2. 

14. What is a Small Circle f P. 9, C. 2. 

15. Describe the Equator. P. 9, C. 2. 

16. Describe the Tropics. P. 9, C. 2. 

17. Why are the Polar Circles located just 23^ degrees, 
rather than a few degrees further north or south from the 
poles ? 

Ans. Because it is found tLat the sun, when furthest north of the 
equator, shines 23| degrees beyond the North Pole, and when furthest 
south of the equator, it shines 23J degrees beyond the South Pole. 
The circles are intended to mark the limit of the sun's rays in these 
directions. 

18. What causes this? 

Ans. The obliquity of the earth's axis, which is always inclined 23^ 
degrees to the plane of the earth's orbit. 

19. What are the names of the polar circles? P. 9, 0. 2. 

20. Define Latitude. P. 9, C. 2. 

21. How many and what kinds of Latitude are there, and 
from what are they reckoned? P. 9, C. 2. 

22. Define Longitude. P. 9, C. 2. 

23. What kinds of Longitude are there, and how are they 
designated? P. 9, C. 2. 

24. How is Latitude represented on Maps? P. 9, C. 2. 

25. How are distances in Latitude reckoned ? P. 9, C. 2. 

26. What places have no Latitude, and where is the highest 
degree of north and south Latitude? P. 10, C. 1. 

27. How many miles in a degree of Latitude? P. 10, C. 1. 

28. How are the Tropics distinguished from each other, and 
where are they located ? P. 9, C. 2. 

29. How joiany degrees from the Equator to either Tropic, 
and why just that distance? P. 10, C. 1. 

30. What lines on maps represent Longitude ? P. 10, 
C. 1. 



116 THE EXAMINER. 

.^1. How are they designated, and wliy? P. 10, C. 1. 

32. How is Longitude reckoned? P. 10, C. 1. 

33. How many degrees of Longitude encircle the globe ? 
P. 10, C. 1. 

34. From what points is Longitude usually measured ? 
P. 10, C. 1. 

35. In what directions is Longitude measured, and how is 
that measured in one direction distinguished from that meas- 
ured in the other? P. 10, C. 2. 

36. What is the highest degree of Longitude ? P. 10, C. 2. 

37. How is the world usually represented by a map ? P. 
10, C. 2. 

38. What particulars does a good map present? P. 10, C.2. 

39. Describe the Mariners' Compass. P. 10, C. 2. 

40. Which are the Cardinal points? P. 10, C. 2. 

41. What is the best method of teaching pupils how to 
find the Cardinal points? P. 10, C. 2. 

42. How many points of the compass are there ? P. 10, C. 2. 

THE ZONES. 

1. What is a Zone? P. 10, C. 2. 

2. How many Zones are there, and how are they desig- 
nated? P. 10, C. 2. 

3. Where are the Frigid Zones, and why are they so called ? 
P. 10, C. 2. 

4. What circles bound the Temperate Zones ? P. 10, C. 2. 

5. Bound and locate the Torrid Zone. P. 10, C. 2. 

6. Why is the climate of the Torrid Zone hot? P. 11, 
C. 1. 

7. How wide is the Torrid Zone? P. 11, C. 1. 

8. Describe the days and nights of this zone. P. 11, C. 1. 

9. What is the time of sunrise and sunset in this zone ? 
P. 11, C. 1. 

10. What are the seasons of the Torrid Zone? P. 11, C. 1. 

11. What of the Animal and Vegetable Kingdoms of this 
£one? P. 11, C. 1. 

12. What can you say of its human inhabitants? P. 11, 
C. 1. 



POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 117 

13. "What is the climate of the Temperate Zones, and why 
of that character? P. 11, C. 1. 

14. What is the width of the Temperate Zones? P. 11, 
C. 1. 

15. Describe the seasons of these zones, and state the cause 
of the difference between these and those of the Frigid Zones. 
P. 11, C. 1. 

16. Describe the animals of the Temperate Zones. P. 
11, C. 2. 

17. What are their vegetable productions? P. 11, C. 2. 

18. Why is it much colder in the Frigid Zones than in the 
others? P. 11, C. 2. 

19. H'ow long are the days and nights of the Frigid Zones? 
P. 11, C. 2. 

20. Describe the animals and people of these zones. P. 
11, C. 2. 

21. Draw a map of the world which shall represent, 

1st. Both Hemispheres; 2d. The Equator; 3d. The Tropics ; 4th. The 
Polar Circles; 5th. The Poles; 6th. A Meridian Circle passing through 
Greenwich, England, and another through Washington, United States, 
all in their appropriate places ; and 7th. The outlines of the Continents, 
of Iceland, and of New Zealand. 

POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. 

1. Into how many and what classes are men divided? 
P. 12, C. 1. 

2. What is meant by the savage state ? P. 12, C. 1. 

3. What examples of mankind, in this state, can you give? 
P. 12, C. 1. 

4. Of what useful arts are such ignorant? P. 12, C. 1. 

5. How are they usually governed? P. 12, C. 1. 

6. Describe the barbarous state. P. 12, C. 1. 

7. What is the mode of life characteristic of this state ? 
P. 12, 0. 1. 

8. Describe the knowledge and employments of those in 
this state. P. 12, C. 2. 

9. Give examples of people in this state. P. 12, C. 2. 
10. Describe the half-civilized state. P. 12, C. 2. 



118 THE EXAMINER. 

11. What people are of this state? P. 12, C. 2. 

12. Describe civilized and enligjitened nations. P. 12, C. 2. 

13. What nations are simply civilized, and what are both 
civilized and enlightened? * P. 12, C. 2. 

14. How are countries classified politically? P. 13, C. 1. 

15. Describe an Empire, and illustrate by examples. P. 
13, C. 1. 

16. How do Kingdoms differ from Empires? Give two ex- 
amples of the former. P. 13, C. X. 

17. Describe a Republic, and illustrate by examples. P. 
13, C. 1. 

18. What are Principalities and Duchies? P. 13, C. 1. 

19. How are different countries divided with a view to their 
government? P. 13, C. 1. 

20. Define respectively a City, Town, Capital, and County 
Town or Seat. P. 13, C. 1. . 

FORMS OF GOVERNMENT. 

1. What is the true object of government? P. 13, C. 1. 

2. Define ^ form of government. P. 13, C. 1. 

3. What are the principal forms of government? P. 
13, C. 1. 

4. Describe a Monarchy. P. 13, C. 2. 

5. Describe the two kinds of Monarchy. P. 13, C. 2. 

6. What is an Aristocracy? P. 13, C. 2. 

7. With what is it usually associated in modern times ? 
P. 13, C. 2. 

8. What is a Democracy? P. 13, C. 2. 

9. How do the people govern? P. 13, C. 2. 

10. How are the persons chosen for this purpose designated? 
P. 13, C. 2. 

11. Describe a Republican form of government, and show 
how it differs from a Democracy? P. 13, C. 2. 

12. How is the Chief Magistrate designated ? P. 13, C. 2. 

13. Where is the best form of a Republican government 
found? P. 13, C. 2. 

14. What are the striking differences between Emperors or 
Kings and the President of the United States ? P. 14, C. 1. 



SYSTEMS OF RELIGION. 119 

LANGUAGES AND DIALECTS. 

1. How would you define Language? P. 14, C. 1. 

2. How came there to be a difi"erence of language among 
mankind? P. 14, C. 1. 

3. How many distinct languages are now known to be in 
use? P. 14, C. 1. 

4. What is a dialect^ in distinction from a language? 
P. 14, C. 1. 

5. How many difi"erent dialects are known to be in use? 
P. 14, C. 1. 

6. What language is spoken the most widely? P. 14, C. 1. 

7. In what language are the most books and newspapers 
published? P. 14, C. 2. 

8. What other languages much employed ? P. 14, C. 2 

9. What is true of the extent to which the French Ian 
guage is spoken? P. 14, C. 2. 

10. For what is the German language remarkable? P 
14, C. 2. 

H. To what extent is the Spanish language spoken? P. 
14, C. 2. 

12. Where is the Italian language spoken, and for what is 
it important? P. 14, C. 2. 

13. What is the difierence between civilized and uncivilized 
nations in respect to language? P. 14, 0. 2. 

SYSTEMS OF RELIGION. 

1. How is religion to be accounted for among mankind? 
P. 14, C. 2. 

2. Define Religion. P. 15, C. 1. 

3. What is true as to the kinds and characters of existing 
religions? P. 15, C. 1. 

4. How may a religion be known to be false? P. 15, C. 1. 

5. What distinguishes the Pagan religion, and what na- 
tions practice it? P. 15, C. 1. 

Note. — Paganism is mainly distinguished by enjoining the wor- 
Bhip of idols. 

6. How would you describe the Mohammedan religion? 
P. 15, C. 1. 



120 THE EXAMINER. 

7. In what countries is this religion largely practiced? 
P. 15, C. 1. 

8. Who are the Jews, and what is their religion? P. 
15, C. 1. 

9. Where are they now found, and what is their number? 
P. 15, C. 1. 

10. What religions require or tolerate human sacrifices? 
P. 15, C. 1. 

11. Do Pagans always offer human sacrifices? P. 15, C. 2. 

12. Who are cannibals? P. 15, C. 2. 

13. Which is the only true religion? P. 15, C. 2. 

14. What are its chief characteristics? P. 15, C. 2. 

15. In what are its doctrines revealed? P. 15, C. 2. 

16. Into what classes are believers in Christianity divided? 
P. 15, G. 2. 

DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. 

1. What is the relative extent of Land and Water on the 
surface of the earth ? P. 17, C. 1. 

2. What Meridian usually divides the earth into the Eastern 
and Western Hemispheres? 

Ans. The Meridian that cuts Iceland into about equal parts. Of 
course, any other Meridian would divide the earth into two Hemi- 
Bpheres, but not in such a way as to present the Continents undivided. 

3. What navigators have approached nearest the North 
and South Poles respectively? P. 17, C. 1,-3. 

4. By what is the earth divided into the Northern and 
Southern Hemispheres? P. 17, 0. 1,-3. 

5. Mention the Grand Divisions of the earth. P. 17, C. 2,-5. 

6. What is the entire population of the globe, and how 
many belong to each of the races of mankind ? P. 17, C. 2,-6. 

7. Which is the largest, and which the smallest of the 
Grand Divisions? P. 17, C. 2,-7. 

8. What proportion of the land surface of the earth be- 
longs to America, and for what is it noted ? P. 17, C. 2,-7. 

9. What Grand Divisions are located on the Western Hemi- 
sphere? P. 19, C. 1,-1. 

10. How is North America divided? P. 19, C. 1,-1. 



THE EASTERN HEMISPHERE. 121 

11. Which is the principal country in North America, and 
for what is it distinguished? P. 19, C. 1,-4. 

12. Describe South America. P. 19, C. 1,-5. 

13. What is Oceanica, by whom inhabited, and what is its 
state in respect to civilization ? P. 19, C. 1,-6. 

14. Describe the Antarctic Continent. P. 19, C. 1,-7. 

THE EASTERN HEMISPHERE. 

1. What Grand Divisions are contained in the Eastern 
Hemisphere? P. 19, C. 2,-1. 

2. Describe Europe. P. 19, C. 2,-2. 

3. Describe Asia. P. 19, C. 2,-3. 

4. What are the peculiarities of Africa? P. 19, C. 2,-4. 

5. What is Australia, by what name was it formerly known, 
and for what is it now distinguished? P. 19, C. 2,-5, 

6. Locate the Baltic, Caspian, and Black Seas. P. 18, Map. 

7. What strait connects the Mediterranean Sea and the 
Atlantic Ocean ? P. 18, Map. 

8. Through what countries respectively do the Arctic and 
Antarctic Circles pass ? P. 18, Map. 

9. What sea is there between the Chinese Empire and 
Japan? P. 18, Map. 

10. What channel between Africa and Madagascar? P. 
18, Map. 

11. What sea west of Corea ? P. 18, Map. 

, 12. Between what countries is the Persian Gulf? P. 18, 
Map. 

13. What and where is Ceylon ? P. 18, Map. 

14. Mention the capes on the west coast of Africa. P. 
18, Map. 

15. Where are the islands of Mauritius and Bourbon? 
P. 18, Map. 

16. Locate Papua and the Caroline Islands. P. 18, Map. 

17. What direction from the North Pole is Iceland ? P 
18, Map. 

18. Locate the isthmus of Suez. P. 18, Map. 

19. Where is Central America, Balize, Yucatan ? P. 20, 
Map. 

Ex.— 11. 



122 THE EXAMINER 

NORTH AMERICA. 

1. Bound North America, and give its distance from north 
to south in miles, and its area in square miles. P. 22, C. 1,-1. 

2. For what is North America distinguished, and what is 
its principal mountain range? P. 22, 0. 1,-2. 

3. What are the political divisions of North America? 
P. 22, C. 1,-3. 

4. What is the j)osition, and what the extent of Russian 
America? P. 22, C. 1,-1. 

5. Describe its natural features and products. P. 22, 
C. 1,-2. 

6. What are the population and settlements of Russian 
America? P. 22, C. 2,-3. 

7. To what government do Greenland and Iceland belong ? 
P. 22, C. 2,-1. 

8. Bound British America, and give its extent. P. 22, 
C. 2,-1. 

9. What is its population, and how is it governed? P. 

22, C. 2,-4. 

10. Describe Canada. P. 23, C. 1,-1. 

11. What separates the greater part of its southern portion 
from the United States? P. 24, Map. 

12. What is the number and character of the population of 
Canada? P. 23, C. 1,-4. 

13. Locate its capital, also its chief towns. P. 23, C. 1,-5. 

14. Which is the largest city of British America, and for 
what is it distinguished? P. 23, C. 1,-5. 

15. Describe the government and religion of Canada. P. 

23, C. 2,-6. 

16. What and where is Nova Scotia? P. 25, C. 2,-1. 

17. Describe its natural features, products, and population. 
P. 25, C. 2,-2, 3, and 4. 

18. Locate its capital and chief towns. P. 25, C. 2,-5. 

19. What are its government and religion? P. 25, C. 2,-6. 

20. Locate and bound Newfoundland. P. 24, Map. 

21. Locate and bound New Brunswick. P. 24, Map. 

22. Describe the extent, natural features, products, popula- 
tion, etc., of Newfoundland. P. 26, C. 1,-1, 2, 3, 4. 



UNITED STATES. 123 

23. Where is Prince Edward's Island? P. 2G, C. 1,-1. 

24. Describe its natural features, products, population, chief 
towns, government, and religion. P. 26 and 27, C. 1 and 2. 

25. Where are Anticosti and the Magdalene Islands? P. 
24, Map. 

26. What river separates Canada East from Canada West? 
P. 24, Map. 

27. What lake near the center of Canada East ? P. 24, Map. 

28. What river unites Lake Superior and Lake Huron? 
P. 24, Map. 

29. Locate Lake St. Peter. P. 24, Map. 

30. Describe Cape Canso. P. 24, Map. 

31. Locate Capes Bauld, Race, and Ray. P. 24, Map. 

32. Where is Belle Isle? P. 24, Map. 

33. Locate Placentia, Trinity, and Conception Bays. P. 
24, Map. 

UNITED STATES. 

1. Bound the United States. P. 29, Map. 

2. Give its length, breadth, and area in miles. P. 30, C. 1,-2. 

3. Between what degrees of latitude does it lie, and what 
is its climate? P. 30, C. 1,-3. 

4. Into what three distinct sections is it divided? P. 
30, C. 1,-4. 

5. Describe the natural features of the United States. P. 
30, C. 1-5. 

6. How does its climata compare with that of European 
countries in the same latitude? P. 30, C. 1,-6. 

7. Describe its productions, manufactures, commerce, popu- 
lation, and language. P. 30, C. 2, and P. 31, C. 1. 

8. How many States were there originally, and how many 
are there now? P. 31, C. 1,-12. 

9. Name and locate the principal cities of the United 
States. P. 31, C. 1,-13. 

10. Describe the government of the United States, and of the 
several States, and point out the relations of the latter to the 
former. P. 31, C. 2,-14, 15, 16. 

11. Into what three departments is the Federal government 
divided, and what are the functions of each? P. 31, C 2,-15, 



124 THE EXAMINER. 

12. What is the prevailing religion of the United States? 
P. 31, C. 2-17. 

13. What is the condition of education in the United States? 
P. 31, C. 2,-18. 

NEW ENGLAND STATES. 

1. What States are classed together in this division? 

2. Describe the boundaries of Maine, its size and area. 
P. 33, C. 1,-1. 

3. Describe its natural features, products, population, and 
chief towns. P. 33, C. 1 and 2,-2, 3, 4, 5. 

4. Describe the Penobscot, Kennebec, and Androscoggin 
Rivers. P. 32, Map. 

5. What is the outlet of Moosehead Lake? P. 32, Map. 

6. Locate the principal bays of Maine. P. 32, Map. 

7. Between what is New Hampshire situated ? P. 32, Map. 

8. W^hat its capital, and where situated? P. 32, Map. 

9. What river separates it from Vermont? P. 32, Map. 

10. Describe the Merrimac River. P. 32, Map. 

11. What mountains in New Hampshire, and what is their 
principal peak ? P. 32, Map. 

12. How does New Hampshire compare with Maine in ex- 
tent ? P. 33, C. 1,-1. 

13. What are its natural features, products, population, and 
chief towns? P. 33 and 34, C. 2 and 1,-2, 3, 4, 5. 

14. Give the boundaries of Vermont. P. 32, Map. 

15. What range of mountains passes through the State from 
north to south ? P. 32, Map. 

16. Locate and describe Lake Champlain. P. 32, Map. 

17. Describe the extent, natural features, products, popula- 
tion, and chief towns of Vermont. P. 34, C. 1 and 2. 

18. What rivers flow into Lake Champlain? P. 32, Map. 

19. What is the name and highest peak of the Green Mount- 
ain chain? P. 34, C. 1,-2. 

20. Give the boundaries of Massachusetts. P. 32, Map. 

21. What river crosses this State from north to south? 
P. 32, Map. 

22. What river enters this State on the north and empties 
into the Atlantic Ocean? P. 32, Map. 



NEW ENGLAND STATES. 125 

23. Mention and locate the principal bays of this State on 
the Atlantic coast. P. 32, Map. 

24. Locate the mountains of Massachusetts. P. 32, Map. 

25. Give the position and extent of Mass. P. 34, C. 2,-1. 

26. Describe its natural features, products, population, and 
chief towns. P. 34 and 35,-2, 3, 4, 5. 

27. Why is Massachusetts often called the Bay State ? P. 
34, C. 2,-2. 

28. What are the boundaries, and what the comparative size 
of Khode Island? P. 32, Map. 

29. What and where are its capitals ? P. 32, Map. 

30. Give the position and area of E,. Island. P. 35, C. 1,-1. 

31. Describe its natural features, products, population, and 
chief towns. P. 35, C. 1,-2, 3, 4, 5. 

32. Mention the principal capes, bays, and islands of Khodo 
Island. P. 32, Map. 

33. For what is Newport distinguished ? P. 35, C. 2,-5. 

34. What are the boundaries of Connecticut? P. 32, Map. 

35. Describe its principal rivers? P. 32, Map. 

36. What and where are its capitals? P. 32, Map. 

37. What are its extent, natural features, products, popula- 
tion, and chief towns? P. 35, C. 2,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5. 

38. For what is New Haven noted ? P. 35, 0. 2,-5. 

MIDDLE STATES. 

1. What States are generally classed together in this divi- 
sion ? P. 36, Map. 

2. Give the boundaries and area* of New York. P. 37, 
C. 1,-1. 

3. Describe its natural features, products, population, and 
chief towns. P. 37 and 38, C. 1 and 2,-2, 3, 4, 5. 

4. In what part of New York are the Adirondack Mount- 
ains ? P. 36, Map. 

5. Describe the principal rivers of New York. P. 36, Map. 

6. Locate the Catskill Mountains. P. 36, Map. 

7. For what is the Niagara Kiver distinguished, where 
does it rise, in what direction flow, and into what empty? 
P. 36, Map. 



126 THE EXAMINER. 

8. What and where is the capital ? P. 38, C. 1,-5. 

9. How is the city of New York distinguished ? P. 38^ 
C. 1,-5. 

10. What and where the principal islands belonging to this 
State? P. 36, Map. 

11. Locate the United States Military Academy. P. 38, 
C. 1,-5. 

12. Mention and locate its lakes. P. 36, Map. 

13. What lake on the eastern boundary? P. 36, Map. 

14. What are the boundaries, position, and extent of New 
Jersey? P. 38, C. 1,-1. 

15. Describe the natural features, products, population, and 
chief towns of New Jersey. P. 38, C. 1,-2, 3, 4, 5. 

16. For what are Freehold, Cape May, Long Branch, and 
Atlantic City distinguished? P. 38, C. 1,-5. 

17. What rivers separate New Jersey from New York and 
Pennsylvania ? P. 36, Map. 

18. What are the mountains of New Jersey? P. 36, Map. 

19. Describe the Raritan. P. 36, Map. 

20. Locate Princeton, Amboy, Newark, Trenton, Camden, 
Cape May. P. 36, Map. 

21. Give the boundaries, position, and extent of Pennsyl- 
vania. P. 38, C. 2,-1. 

22. Describe its natural features, products, population, and 
chief towns. P. 38, C. 2,-2, 3, 4, 5. 

23. What is there peculiar about the rivers of this State? 
P. 38, C. 2,-2. 

24. AVhat and where is the capital ? P. 36, Map. 

25. Which is the largest city of Pennsylvania, and for what 
is it famous ? P. 38, C. 2,-5. 

26. Describe the rise, direction, and mouth of three of the 
largest rivers of Pennsylvania. P. 36, Map. 

27. What are its principal ranges of mountains, and what 
is their general direction ? P. 36, Map. 

28. Bound Delaware and give its area. P. 39, C. 1,-1. 

29. Describe its natural features, products, population, and 
chief towns. P. 39, C. 1,-2, 3, 4, 5. 

30. What are its principal capes and bays? P. 36, Map. 



SOUTHERN STATES. 127 

SOUTHERN STATES. 

1. Name the Southern States. 

2. Grive the boundaries, extent, and position of Maryland. 
P. 39, C. 1,-1. 

3. Describe its natural features, products, population, and 
chief cities. P. 39, C. 1,-2, 3, 4, 5. 

4. On what river is the capital ? P. 39, C. 1,-5. 

5. For what distinguished? P. 39, C. 1,-5. 

6. Which is the largest city of Maryland, and where is it 
located? P. 39, C. 1,-5. 

7. What large bay nearly divides the State ? P. 40, Map. 

8. What rivers empty into Chesapeake Bay ? P. 40, Map. 

9. Locate Hagerstown, Frederick, Cumberland, and Easton. 
P. 40, Map. 

10. Describe the District of Columbia. P. 39, C. 1. 

11. Give the boundaries, position, and extent of Virginia. 
P. 89, C. 2,-1. 

12. Describe the natural features, products, population, and 
chief towns of Virginia. P. 39, C. 2,-2, 3, 4, 5. 

13. Locate and describe the Natural Bridge. P. 39, C. 2,-2. 

14. On what river is Mount Vernon, and for what is it dis- 
tinguished ? P. 39, C. 2,-5. 

15. What river separates Virginia from Maryland ? P. 40, 
Map. 

16. What large bay on the east of Virginia? P. 40, Map. 

17. Describe the James River, and mention the principal 
towns on its banks. P. 40, Map. 

18. What ranges of mountains pass through Virginia, and 
what is their general direction ? P. 40, Map. 

19. What large river on the north-west of Virginia? P. 
40, Map. 

20. What range of mountains on the south-west? P. 40, Map. 

21. Locate Petersburg, Lynchburg, Fredericksburg, Park- 
ersburg. P. 40, Map, 

22. What are the boundaries, position, and extent of North 
Carolina? P. 39, C. 2,-1. 

23. Describe its natural features, products, population, and 
chief towns. P. 41, C. 1 and 2,-2, 3, 4, 5. 



128 " THE EXAMINER. 

24. What two large sounds are situated in this State? 
P. 40, Map. 

25. What is the capital of North Carolina, and where lo- 
cated? P. 41, C. 2,-5. 

26. Where is Roanoke Island? P. 40, Map. 

27. Name and locate the capes on the Atlantic coast. P. 

40, Map. 

28. Describe Cape Fear River. P. 40, Map. 

29. What ranges of mountains in the western part of North 
Carolina? P. 40, Map. 

30. Locate Newbern, Beaufort, Washington; P. 40, Map. 

31. Bound South Carolina, and give its position and extent. 
P. 41, C. 2,-1. 

32. Describe its natural features, products, population, and 
chief towns. P. 41, C. 2,-2, 3, 4, 5. 

33. Name and locate its capital. P. 41, C. 2,-5. 

34. AVhich is its chief city of commerce? P. 41, C. 2,-5. 

35. Where are Forts Moultrie and Sumter situated? P 

41, C. 2,-5. 

36. What river separates South Carolina from Georgia? 
P. 40, Map. 

37. What rivers empty into Charleston Bay ? P. 40, Map. 

38. What two rivers join to form the Santee ? P. 40, Map. 

39. In what part of the State of South Carolina is King's 
Mountain situated ? P. 40, Map. 

40. What bays and capes of this State are on the Atlantic 
coast ? P. 40, Map. 

41. What are the boundaries, position, and extent of Geor- 
gia ? P. 43, C. 1,-1. 

42. Describe its natural features, products, population, and 
chief towns. P. 43, C. 1,-2, 3, 4, 5. 

43. Describe Stone Mountain. P. 43, C. 1,-2. 

44. What is the capital of Georgia, and where is it situ- 
ated? P. 43, C. 2,-5. 

45. Which of the towns of Georgia are most noted for 
manufactures ? P. 43, C. 2,-5. 

46. What mountains are situated in the northern part of 
Georgia? P. 42, Map. 



SOUTHERN STATES. 129 

47. Describe Savannah. P. 42, Map. 

48. What swamp in Southern Georgia? P. 42, Map. 

49. Locate Macon, Columbus, Augusta, Atlanta, Athens, 
Dahlonega. P. 42, Map. 

50. What mountains in Northern Georgia ? P. 42, Map. 

51. What the position and area of Florida? P. 44, C. 1,-1. 

52. Describe its natural features, products, population, and 
chief towns. P. 44, C. 1,-2, 3, 4, 5. 

53. What and where is the capital? P. 44, C. 1,-5. 

54. Locate and describe the Everglades. P. 44, C. 1,-2. 

55. For what is St. Augustine famous? P. 44, C. 1,-5. 

56. Locate Pensacola, Apalachicola, and Key West, and state 
what is peculiar to each. P. 44, C. 1,-5. 

57. Give the rise, direction, and mouth of the Apalachicola, 
Suwanne, and the St. John Rivers. P. 42, Map. 

58. Where are the Florida Reefs, and what sound between 
them and Cape Sable ? P. 42, Map. 

59. What and where are the principal lakes of Florida? 
P. 42, Map. 

60. Locate the Marquesas and Dry Tortugas. P. 42, Map. 

61. Name and locate the principal bays and capes of Flor- 
ida. P. 42, Map. 

62. Bound Alabama, and give its area. P. 44. C. 1,-1. 

63. Describe its natural features, products, population, and 
chief towns. P. 44, C. 1,-2, 3, 4, 5. 

64. Name and locate the capital, and the largest city of 
Alabama. P. 44, C. 2,-5. 

65. Locate respectively Huntsville, Tuscumbia, and We- 
tumpka. P. 42, Map. 

66. What river flows through the northern part of Ala- 
bama? P. 42, Map. 

67. What two rivers form the Mobile ? P. 42, Map. 

68. What range of mountains enters the northern part of 
this State ? P. 42, Map. 

69. What bays are there on the Atlantic coast of Alabama? 
P. 42, Map. 

70. What are the boundaries and area of Mississippi ? P. 
44, C. 2,-1. 



130 THE EXAMINER. 

71. Describe the natural features, products, population, and 
chief towns of Mississippi. P. 44, C. 2,-2, 3, 4, 5. 

72. AYhat and where is its capital ? P. 44, C. 2,-5. 

73. Wha.t is the chief city of the State? P. 44, C. 2,-5. 

74. What gulf forms part of the southern boundary of Mis- 
sissippi ? P. 42, Map. 

75. What river forms the western boundary? P. 42, Map. 

76. Describe Pearl River and the Pascagoula ; also, locate 
Natchez, Holly Springs, and Vicksburg. P. 42, Map. 

77. Bound Tennessee, and give its area. P. 44, C. 2,-1. 

78. Describe its natural features, products, population, and 
chief cities. P. 44, C. 2,-2, 3, 4, 5. 

79. What are the boundaries respectively of East, Middle, 
and West Tennessee ? P. 44, C. 2,-2. 

80. Name and locate the capital of Tennessee. P. 44, 
C. 2,-5. 

81. Locate and describe respectively Memphis, Knoxville, 
Murfreesboro, Chattanooga, and Shelbyville. P. 42, Map. 

82". Name and describe tne mountains of Tennessee. P. 
42, Map. 

83. Give the names and directions respectively of its prin- 
cipal rivers. P. 42, Map. 

84. What are the position and extent of Louisiana ? P. 
45, C. 1,-1. 

85. Describe its natural features, products, population, and 
chief towns. P. 45, C. 1,-2, 3, 4, 5. 

86. When, from whom, and for what price, was the terri- 
tory of this State purchased? P. 45, C. 1,-4. 

87. Locate its capital, and give its name. P. 45, C. 1,-5. 

88. What and where is the chief city? P. 45, C. 1,-5. 

89. Describe the battle fought there in 1815. P. 45, 
C. 1-5. 

90. What and where are the principal rivers of this State ? 
P. 46, Map. 

91. What river forms most of the western boundary of 
Louisiana? P. 46, Map. 

92. Name and locate the principal htkes of this State 
P. 46, Map. 



WESTERN STATES. 131 

93. Locate Plaquemine, Point Coupee, Natchitoelies, Ope- 
lousas, and Franklin, respectively. P. 46, Map. 

94. What and where are the principal bays on the gulf 
coast? P. 46, Map. 

95. Give the boundaries, position, and extent of Texas. 
P. 45, C. 2,-1. 

96. Describe its natural features, products, population, and 
chief towns. P. 45, C. 2,-2, 3, 4, 5. 

97. How does Texas compare in size with the other States 
of the Union? P. 45, C. 2,-1. 

98. What and where is the capital ? P. 45, C. 2,-5. 

99. When was Texas admitted into the Union, and what was 
it just previous to that event ? P. 45, C. 2,-4. 

100. For what is Brownsville noted ? P. 45, C. 2,-5. 

101. What river forms much of the northern boundary of 
Texas? P. 46, Map. 

102. What river forms the south-western boundary? P. 
46, Map. 

103. Name and locate the principal bays of Texas on the 
gulf coast. P. 46, Map. 

104. Locate Galveston, Tndianola, Corpus Christi, and Hous- 
ton P. 46, Map. 

WESTERN STATES. 

1. What States are usually classed in this division? 

2. Bound and give the extent of Arkansas. P. 47, C. 2,-1. 

3. Describe its natural features, products, population, and 
chief towns. P. 47, C. 2,-2, 3, 4, 5. 

4. What are its chief curiosities? P. 47, C. 2,-3. 

5. What and where is the capital ? P. 47, C. 2,-5. 

6. Give the rise, direction, and the mouth of Big Black 
River, Little Bed, St. Francis, Wishita. P. 46, Map. 

7. Locate respectively Magnolia, Huntsville, Clinton, Ben- 
ton, Marion, Osceola, Hot Springs. P. 46, Map. 

8. Bound Michigan, and describe its position and extent. 
P. 47, C. 2,-1. 

9. Describe its natural features, products, population, and 
chief towns. P. 47, C. 2,-2, 3, 4, 5. 



132 THE EXAMINER. 

10. Where are the pictured rocks of this State? P. 47, 
C. 2,-2. 

11. What and where is the capital? P. 47, C. 2,-5. 

12. Which is the principal city, and where is it located? 
P. 47, C. 2,-5. 

13. What lakes surround it on three sides ? P. 48, Map. 

14. Locate Saginaw, Grreen Bay. P. 48, Map. 

15. What river unites Lakes Superior and Huron? P. 
48, Map. 

16. What strait unites Lakes Huron and Michigan? P. 
48, Map. 

17. Where does Thunder Bay River empty? Au Sahle 
Biver? Cheboygan? Manistee? St. Joseph's ? P. 48, Map. 

18. Locate Ann Arbor, Lansing, Kalamazoo, Saginaw. P. 
48, Map. 

19. Give the boundaries and area of Ohio. P. 49, 0. 1,-1. 

20. Describe its natural features, products, population, and 
chief towns. P. 49, C. 2,-2, 3, 4, 5. 

21. What and where is the capital? P. 49, C. 2-5. 

22. What and where is the largest city ? P. 49, C. 2,-5. 

23. Describe the Cuyahoga Biver, Muskingum, Scioto, Mi- 
ami, and Maumee. P. 48, Map. 

24. Describe the Ohio Biver. P. 48, Map. 

25. Locate Cleveland, Zanesville, Dayton, Chiilicothe, Steu- 
benville, Newark, Marietta. P. 48, Map. 

26. Bound and give the area of Indiana. P. 51, C. 1,-1. 

27. Describe its natural features, products, populatipn, and 
chief towns. P. 51, C. 1,-2, 3, 4, 5. 

28. What and where is the capital? P. 51, C. 1,-5. 

29. What river flows between Indiana and Kentucky ? 
P. 48, Map. 

30. What river between Indiana and Illinois? P. 48, Map. 

31. Locate Michigan City, Fort Wayne, Terre Haute, Madi 
son, Evansville. P. 48, Map. 

32. Give the boundaries and area of Kentucky. P. 51, 
C. 1,-1. 

33. Describe its natural features, products, population, and 
chief towns. P. 51, C. 2,-2, 3, 4, 5. 



WESTERN STATES. 133 

34. What and where is the greatest natural curiosity of 
Kentucky? P. 51, C. 2,-2. 

35. Who was the first white settler of Kentucky, and when 
did he go there ? P. 51, C. 2,-4. 

36. What and where is the capital? P. 51, C. 2,-5. 

37. What river separates this State from Ohio, Indiana, and 
Illinois ? P. 48, Map. 

38. What rivers of Kentucky empty into the Ohio ? P. 
48, Map. 

39. Where do the Tennessee and Cumberland Rivers empty ? 
P. 48, Map. 

40. Locate Louisville, Lexington, Covington, Paris, Bowl- 
ing Green, the Mammoth Cave. P. 48, Map. 

41. Give the boundaries and area of Illinois. P. 52, C. 1,-1. 

42. Describe its natural features, products, population, and 
chief towns. P. 52, C. 1,-2, 3, 4, 5. 

43. What rivers and lake form a great portion of the bound- 
aries of Illinois? P. 50, Map. 

44. What and where is its capital ? P. 51, C. 2,-5. 

45. For what is Chicago distinguished ? P. 51, C. 2,-5. 

46. Describe the Illinois River, Kaskaskia, Sangamon, Little 
Wabash. P. 50, Map. 

47. Locate Bloomington, Rock Island, Cairo, Alton, Nauvoo, 
Galena. P. 50, Map. 

48. Uound Missouri and give its area. P. 52, C. 1,-1. 

49. Describe its natural features, products, population, and 
chief towns. P. 52, C. 1 and 2,-2, 3, 4, 5. 

50. What and where is the capital? P. 52, C.'2,-5. 

51. What the most populous and commercial city? P. 52, 
C. 2,-5. 

52. Describe the principal rivers. P. 50, Map. 

53. Locate Iron Mountain, Pilot Knob. P. 50, Map. 

54. Locate St. Louis, Lexington, Hannibal, New Madrid. 
P. 50, Map. 

55. What the position and extent of Iowa? P. 52. C. 2,-1. 

56. Describe its natural features, products, population, and 
chief towns. P. 52, C. 2,-2, 3, 4, 5. 

67. What and where is the capital ? P. 52, C. 2,-5. 



134 THE EXAMINER. 

58. What rivers flow along its eastern and western bounda- 
ries ? P. 50, Map. 

59. Locate Dubuque, De Witt, Sioux City, Fairfield, Ma- 
rengo, Keokuk. P. 50, Map. 

60. Grive the boundaries and area of Wisconsin. P. 53, 
C. 1,-1. 

61. Describe its natural features, products, population, and 
chief towns. P. 53, C. 1,-2, 3, 4, 5. 

62. What and where is its capital? P. 53, C. 1,-5. 

63. Describe the Fox, Wisconsin, Chippewa, and St. Croix 
Rivers. P. 50, Map. 

64. What lakes border on Wisconsin? P. 50, Map. 

65. What lakes in the interior? P. 50, Map. 

66. Where is Racine, Sheboygan, Superior, Sparta, Falls of 
St. Croix? P. 50, Map. 

67. Give the boundaries and area of Minnesota. P. 53, 
C. 2,-1. . 

68. Describe its natural features, products, population, and 
chief towns. P. 53, C. 2,-2, 3, 4, 5. 

69. Describe St. Anthony's Falls, the Falls of Minnehaha, 
the Maiden's Rock, Fountain Cave. P. 53, C. 2,-2. 

70. When was Minn, admitted to the Union ? P. 53, C. 2,-4. 

71. What and where is the capital? P. 53, C. 2,-5. 

72. What lake borders on this State ? P. 50, Map. 

73. What rivers are there on the eastern and western bound- 
aries ; in what direction do they flow, and where empty ? 
P. 50, Map. 

74. Where does the Mississippi rise and flow ? P. 50, Map. 

75. Locate Burlington, Buchanan, Fond du Lac, Forest 
City, Minneapolis, Fort Abercrombie. P. 50, Map. 

76. What lakes in the interior of the State? P. 50, Map. 

77. What the boundaries and extent of California ? P 56, 
C. 1,-1. 

78. Describe its natural features, products, populatioi and 
chief towns. P. 56, C. 1,-2, 3, 4, 5. 

79. What and where is the capital? P. 56, C. 1,-5 

80. What two rivers flow into San Francisco Bay? "P, 
54, Map. 



MEXICO AND YUCATAN. 135 

81. What lake in the interior? P. 54, Map. 

82. Name and locate its princij^al bays on the Pacific coast. 
P. 54, Map. 

83. Where is the gold region ? P. 54, Map. 

84. What ranges of mountains pass through California 
from north to south? P. 54, Map. 

85. Locate San Francisco, Monterey, San Diego, Marysville, 
and Yuba City. P. 54, Map. 

86. What the extent and position of Oregon ? P. 56, 
C. 1,-1. 

87. Describe its natural features, products, population, and 
chief cities. P. 56, C. 2,-2, 3, 4, 5. 

88. What and where is its capital ? P. 56, C. 2,-5. 

89. What ranges of mountains traverse it? P. 54, Map. 

90. What river forms its northern boundary? P. 54, Map. 

91. Describe the Willamette, Umpqua, Rogue, and Owyhee 
llivers. P. 54, Map. 

92. Locate Astoria, Portland, Oregon City, Dallas. P. 
54, Map. 

93. How is Kansas bounded, and what is its area ? P. 56, 
C. 2,-1. 

94. What and where is its capital ? P. 54, Map. 

95. Describe Nebraska, and name its capital. P. 57, C. 1. 

96. AVhat the position and extent of Dakota ? P. 56, C, 2. 

97. Give the boundaries and principal features of Utah. P. 
56, C. 2. 

98. Describe Washington Territory. P. 56, C. 2. 

99. Give the position, extent, capital, and important places 
of New Mexico, Arizona. P. 57, C. 1. 

100. Describe the Indian Territory. P. 57, C. 2. 

MEXICO AND YUCATAN. 

1. What the position and extent of Mexico ? P. 59, C. 2,-1. 

2. Describe its natural features, products, population, and 
chief towns. P. 59 and 60. 

3. Name and locate the principal volcanoes of Me3:ij»c 
P. 59, C. 2,-2. 

4. Describe its capital. P. 60, C. 1,-5. 



136 THE EXAMINER. 

5. What river between Mexico and Texas? P. 58, Map. 

6. What gulfs on the east, west, and south-west of Mexico ? 
P. 58, Map. 

7. Name and locate the principal capes of Mexico on the 
Pacific coast. P. 58, Map. 

8. What ranges of mountains in Mexico? P. 58, Map. 

9. What islands on the coast? P. 58, Map. 

10. Locate and briefly describe Yucatan. P. 61, C. 1. 

CENTRAL AMERICA, ETC. 

1. Describe the position, extent, natural features, products, 
population, chief towns, government, and religion of Central 
America. P. 61, C. 1 and 2,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 

2. Describe the political divisions comprised in Central 
America. P. 61, C; 1,-1. 

3. What are their capitals? P. 58, Map. 

4. Where is Lake Nicaragua ? P. 58, Map. 

5. Locate and describe the Balize. P. 61, C. 2. 

6. Name the principal Bay Islands. P. 58, Map. 

7. Where and what is the Mosquito Territory? P. 61, 
C. 2. 

8. Describe the Isthmus of Panama. P. 61, C. 2. 

9. What the position and extent of the West Indies ? P. 
63, C. 1,-1. 

10. From what is the name derived? P. 63, C. 1,-1. 

11. What subordinate groups of Islands are included in the 
West India Islands? P. 63, C. 1,-2. 

12. Describe the position, extent, natural features, products, 
etc., of the Bahama Islands. P. 63, C. 1. 

13. To whom does this group belong ? JLws. The British. 

14. Describe the position, extent, natural features, products, 
population, and government of the Greater Antilles. P. 
63, C. 1 and 2,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 

15. To whom does Hayti belong, and what are the promi- 
nent facts in its history ? P. 63, C. 2. 

16. To whom does Porto Kico belong, and in what direction 
is it from Hayti? P. 63, C. 2. 

17. Describe the Lesser Antilles. P. 63, C. 2. 



SOUTH AMERICA. 137 

18. Where are tlie Caribbee Islands, and to whom do they 
belong? P. 63, C. 2. 

SOUTH AMERICA. 

1. What are the boundaries of South America, and what is 
its area? P. 66^ C. 1-1- 

2. For what is South America noted ? P. 66, C. 1,-2. 

3. What of its earthquakes and volcanoes? P. 66, C. 1,-3. 

4. What is the general aspect of the country, and what are 
its products? P. 66, C. 1,-4. 

5. What are its native animals? P. 66, C. 1,-5. 

6. Describe the population, government, and religion of 
South America. P. 66, C. 2,-6, 7, 8. 

7. By whom and when was it discovered and colonized ? 
P. 66, C. 2,-9. 

8. What political divisions does it comprise? P. 64, Map. 

9. Through which of these divisions does the equator pass? 
P. 64, Map. 

10. Which of them border on the Atlantic Ocean, on the 
Pacific ? P. 64, Map. 

11. Which are washed by the Caribbean Sea ? P. 64, Map. 

12. Which are wholly inland ? P. 64, Map. 

13. Describe the mountains of South America. P. 64, Map. 

14. Describe the Amazon, Madeira, Magdalena, San Fran- 
cisco, and Paraguay Rivers. P. 64, Map. 

15. Locate the Island of Juan Fernandez, St. Felix, Falk- 
land Islands. P. 64, Map. 

16. Locate Cape Blanco, St. Frio, North, St. Roque. P. 
64, Map. 

17. Where is Terra del Fuego, and what strait separates it 
from the main land ? P. 64, Map. 

18. Bound and give the area, natural features, products, 
population, chief towns, government, and religion of New 
Grenada. P. 66 and 67, C. 1 and 2,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 

19. What and where is the capital ? P. 67, C. 1,-5. 

20. Bound and give the area, natural features, products, 
population, chief towns, government, and religion of Venezu- 
ela. P. 67, C. 1-1,2, 3,4, 5, 6. 

Ex.— 12. 



138 TKE EXAMINER 

21. Name and locate the capital. P. 67, C. 1,-5. 

22. Describe, as above, Guiana. P. 67, C. 1 and 2,-1, 2^ 
3. 4, 5, 6. 

23. Into what parts is Guiana divided, and to what nations 
does it belong? P. 67, C. 1,-1. 

24. Name and locate the capital of each. P. 67, C. 2,-5. 

25. Describe Brazil. P. 67, C. 2,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 

26. What are the boundaries, extent, etc., of Paraguay? 
P. 68, C. 1,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 

27. Give the boundaries, extent, etc., of Uruguay. P. 68, 
C. 1,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 

28. Describe the boundaries, extent, etc., of La Plata. P. 

68, C. 1 and 2,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 

29. 'What is the relation which Buenos Ayres sustains to 
the Argentine Republic? P. 68, C. 2,-6. 

30. Describe Patagonia. P. 68, C. 2. 

31. What are the boundaries, extent, etc., of Chili? P. 

69, C. 1,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 

'32. For what is Chili noted? P. 69, C. 1,-2. 

33. Where and what is its capital? P. 69, C. 1,-5. 

34. Describe Bolivia. P. 69, C. 1,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 

35. Describe the boundaries, extent, etc., of Peru. P. 69, 
C. 1 and 2-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 

36. What do you know of Equador? P. 69, C. 2,-1, 2, 

3, 4, 5, 6. 

EUROPE. 

1. Give the boundaries, area, degrees of latitude between 
which it lies, general aspect, principal ranges of mountains, 
population, political divisions and their capitals, and the state 
of civilization and education in Europe. P. 72 and 73, 
C. 1 and 2,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9. 

2. Which of the nations of Europe constitute the Five 
Great Powers? P. 73. C. 1,-12. 

3. Give the boundaries, area, natural features, products, 
population, chief towns, capital, government, and religion of 
Russia in Europe. P. 73, C. 1 and 2,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 

4. What and where are the principal mountains, rivers, 
and seas of Russia? P. 70, Map. 



EUROPE. 139 

5. What and where is tlie Crimea? P. 70, Map. 

6. Describe Lapland. P. 73, C. 2. 

7. What are included in the United Kingdom of Great 
Britain and Ireland? P. 75, C. 1,-1, 2. 

8. Describe its government and colonies. P. 75, C. 
1,-3, 4. 

9. Give the boundaries, extent, etc., of Scotland. P. 75 
and 76, C. 1,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 

10. What and where are its principal islands, mountains, 
lakes, friths, and rivers ? P. 74, Map. 

11. Give the boundaries, extent, etc., of England. P. 76, 
C. 1 and 2,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 

12. Name and locate its principal mountains, rivers, chan- 
nels, bays, and islands. P. 74, Map. 

13. What and where is its capital ? P. 75, C. 2,-5. 

14. Describe the position, boundaries, etc., of Wales. P. 
77, C. 1,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 

15. Locate the Bristol Channel, St. George's, Menai Straits. 
P. 74, Map. 

16. Give the boundaries, extent, etc., of Ireland. P. 77. 
C. 2,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 

17. What and where are the principal lakes, rivers, bays 
and mountains of Ireland? P. 74, Map. 

18. By what is Ireland separated from England and Scot 
land? P. 74, Map. 

19. Describe the position, extent, etc., of Norway and Swe- 
den. P. 80, C. 1,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 

20. What and where are their principal mountains, rivers, 
seas, lakes, gulfs, and islands? P. 70, Map. 

21. What and where are Skager Rack, Cattegat, Aland 
Islands, Oland, and Gothland? P. 70, Map. 

22. Give the boundaries, area, etc., of Spain. P. 80, C. 
1 and 2,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 

23. Describe Portugal in a similar manner. P. 81, C. 1,-1, 
2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 

24. Describe its rivers and mountains. P. 70, Map. 

25. Give the boundaries, extent, etc., of France. P. 81, 
C. 1 and 2,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 



140 THE EXAMINER. 

26. Describe its principal rivers, mountains, bays, and cban- 
nels. P. 78, Map. 

27. Describe the position, extent, etc., of Holland. P. 81 
and 82, C. 1 and 2,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 

28. Locate its principal rivers, seas, and islands. P. 78, Map. 

29. Describe, in a similar manner, Belgium. P. 82, C. 1 
and 2,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 

30. Give the extent, boundaries, etc., of Denmark. P. 82, 
C. 2,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 

31. Describe Germany and the German Confederation. P. 
82, C. 2,-1, 2, 3. 

32. Give the position, extent, etc., of Prussia. P. 83, C. 
1,-1,2,3,4,5,6. 

33. What and where are its principal rivers and mountains, 
and what sea on the north? P. 78, Map. 

34. Give the extent, boundaries, etc., of Austria. P. 83, 
C. 1 and 2,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 

35. Name and locate its principal mountains, rivers, lakes, 
and seas. P. 78, Map. 

36. What do you know of the position, extent, etc., of 
Switzerland ? P. 83 and 84, C. 2 and 1,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 

37. Bound Italy. P. 78, Map. 

38. What minor divisions in Italy? P. 84, C. 2,-3. 

39. Describe Sardinia, Venice, Tuscany, Parma, Modena, 
States of the Church, Two Sicilies. P. 84, C. 2,-3. 

40. For what is Italy famous ? P. 84, C. 2,-3. 

41. Describe the boundaries, extent, etc., of Turkey in Eu- 
rope. P. 85, C. 1,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 

42. What seas on the east and west? P. 78, Map. 

43. Describe its chief mountains and rivers. P. 78, Map. 

44. Give a description of Greece, embracing the usual de- 
tails. P. 85, C. 1 and 2,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 

ASIA. 

1. Describe the boundaries, general aspect, products, and 
population of Asia. P. 88, C. 1,-1, 2, 3, 4. 

2. Describe the position, extent, natural features, products, 
population, capital, larger towns, government, and religion of 
Asiatic Russia. P. 88, C. 2,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 



AFRICA. 141 

3. What do you know of its principal riyers, mountains, 
seas, gulfs, and straits? P. 86, Map. 

4. Give the boundaries, extent, etc., of China. P. 88 
and 89, C. 1 and 2,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 

5. Give the principal mountains, rivers, seas, islands, and 
bays of the Chinese Empire. P. 86, Map. 

6. Describe Japan, naming its position, extent, etc. P. 
89, C. 1 and 2,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5; 6. 

7. Of what islands does it consist? P. 89, C. 1,-1. 

8. What the capital, and where situated ? P. 89, C. 2,-5. 

9. What are the boundaries, position, extent, etc., of India? 
P. 89, 90, C. 2 and 1,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 

10. Name and locate its principal mountains, rivers, islands, 
bays, and capes. P. 86, Map. 

11. How is Turkestan bounded, and what its extent, popu- 
lation, products, etc.? P. 90, C. 1,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 

12. Locate and briefly describe Afghanistan and Beloochis- 
tan. P. 90, C. 2,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 

13. Give the boundaries, extent, products, etc., of Persia. 
P. 90, C. 2,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 

14. Describe the boundaries, area, natural features, etc., of 
Arabia. P. 91, C. 1-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 

15. What waters make Arabia a peninsula? P. 86, Map. 

16. Describe the position, extent, etc., of Turkey in Asia. 
P. 91, C. 1 and 2,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 

17. Give its principal rivers, mountains, seas, gulfs, and 
bays. P. 86, Map. 

18. What do you know of Georgia in Asia? P. 91, C. 2. 

AFRICA. 

1. Give a general description of Africa, mentioning its 
political divisions, physical features, inhabitants, animal king- 
dom, productions, and religion. P. 94, C. 1,-1, 2, 3, 4. 

2. Name and locate the Barbary States. P. 94, C, 1,-1. 

3. Describe their comparative size, natural features, pro- 
ducts, population, government, and religion. P. 94, C. 1 
and 2,-1, 2, 3, 4. 

4. What are the position and extent of Egypt? P. 94, 
C. 2,-1. 



142 THE EXAMINER. 

5. For wliat works of an ancient race is Egypt famous? 
P. 94, C. 2-1. 

6. Describe its natural features, products, population, gov- 
ernment, and religion. P. 94, C. 2,-2, 3, 4. 

7. What are tlie boundaries, extent, etc., of Nubia and 
Abyssinia? P. 95, C. 1,-1, 2, 3, 4. 

8. Name tbe countries on the eastern coast of Africa. P. 
95, C. 1 and 2,-1, 2, 3, 4. 

9. Describe Cape Colony. P. 95. 

10. Name and locate the countries on the western coast. 
P. 95, C. 2,-1, 2, 3, 4. 

11. What divisions constitute Central Africa? P. 95. 

12. Describe Soudan and Ethiopia. P. 95, C. 2,-2, 3. 

OCEANICA. 

1. Define and bound Oceanica. P. 97, C. 2,-1. 

2. What groups of islands are embraced in Oceanica ? 
P. 97, C. 2,-1. 

3. Whence the terms Malaysia^ Australasia, and Polynesia? 
P. 97, C. 2,-2. 

4. Give the names of the islands embraced in Malaysia; 
also, their natural features, products, population, chief towns, 
government, and religion. P. 97, C. 2,-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 

5. What islands constitute Australasia ? P. 98, C. 1,-1. 

6. Describe their natural features, products, population, gov- 
ernment, and religion. P. 98, C. 1 and 2,-2, 3, 4, 5, 6. 

7. Yv^hat islands constitute Polynesia? P. 98, C. 2,-1. 

8. Describe their natural features, products, population, 
chief towns, etc. P. 98, C. 2,-2, 3, 4. 

Note. — Questions on Local and Descriptive Geography might be 
added to an almost indefinite extent; but the foregoing are deemed suf- 
ficient, as serving to indicate the character of information which all 
candidates for the teacher's position ought to possess, in regard to this 
important branch of study. 

Ji^" White's Class Book op Geography is recommended 
to all candidates as an invaluable Hand-book for drill exerci&es 
upon local geography. 



P^RT IV. 



UNITED STATES HISTORY. 

'The references in the following questions are to Goodrich's 
Pictorial History of the United States. 

1. When, and by whom is North America supposed to have 
been ^7-5^ discovered? Chapter. 3. 

2. When, and where was Columbus bof n ? Where were his 
first voyages made ? What led him to plan a voyage westward on 
the Atlantic ? To whom did he apply for aid ? Who finally fa- 
vored his scheme? How many ships and men were furnished 
him? C. 4. 

3. From what port did he sail, and when? Where did he first 
land, and when? What land did he next reach, and when ? When 
did he set out on his return ? What was the nature and length of 
Ills voyage homeward ? C. 5. 

4. What was the eflfect of his discoveries on Europe? What 
other voyages did he make, and with what results? When, where, 
and at what age did he die ? How came the Western Continent 
to be called America? C. 6. 

5. Describe briefly the results of the voyages of discovery un- 
dertaken by the English, the Portuguese, the French ; whence they 
started, by whom commanded, etc. C. 7. 

6. Describe the voyages respectively of Verrazani, James Car- 
tier, and Ponce de Leon, with their results. Who discovered 
Florida, and whence its name ? What do you know of De Soto, 
and his adventures? Who discovered Martha's Vineyard? Cape 
Cod? Elizabeth Island? Why was Virginia so named? C. 8. 

7. Where, and by whom was the first settlement made in the 
United States? What was the character of the colonists? C. 10. 

8. What is the history of this settlement? C. 11. 

9. Tell what you know of Captain John Smith, so prominent in 
the Jamestown settlement; -also, of Pocahontas. C. 12-15. 

10. What befell the Jamestown colony after Captain Smith's 
death? C. 16, 17. 

(143) 



144 THE EXAMINER. 

11. "What do you know of Lord Delaware, and his connection 
with that colony ? Who succeeded him as Governor ? What un- 
fortunate measures were adopted about this time? When, and by 
whom were African slaves introduced? C. 18. 

12. Describe the discovery, and settlement of New York. C. 19. 

13. What were the principal circumstances attending the settle- 
ment of New England ? What remarkable act of cruelty is 
attributed to the first settlers of Maine? What agency had Captain 
John Smith in this settlement? What was done to irritate the 
Indians? C. 20. 

14. When, where, and by whom was the first permanent settle- 
ment of New England made? What do you know of the Puritans? 
What led them to abandon England ? Where did theyj^r^^; settle? 
How did they cross the ocean ? When and where did they land 
on the Western Continent? When and where did they finally 
settle? Mention the principal difficulties they met, and the sufter- 
ings they endured. How were these colonists received and regarded 
by the Indians ? C. 21-27. 

15. What circumstances attended the massacres of 1622 and 
1644? Give the history of the colony of Massacliusetts Bay, and 
New Hampshire. What caused the fiirst day of thanksgiving in 
these colonies ? When, and where did the first Legislative Assem- 
bly meet? Who were appointed Governor and Deputy Governor 
under the New Charter of Massachusetts and Plymouth Colonies? 
C. 29-31. 

16. What circumstances attended the settlement of Maryland? 
What agency, respectively, had Lord Baltimore and Clay borne in 
the commencement of that Colony ? C. 32. 

17. What led to the first settlement in Connecticut? Who 
opposed it? What other difficulties were there met? C. 33. 

18. What persons were prominent in the settlement of Rhode 
Island? What peculiarities had the colonists? C. 34. 

19. Give an account of the Pequod War. Where was the deci- 
sive battle fought, and with what results to each side? C. 35, 36. 

20. What led to the adoption of the articles of Confederation ? 
What was the title of the Uxion thus formed? When were they 
signed? How long did they continue in force? What benefits 
were secured by them ? C. 38. 

21. Give the rise^ progress^ and termination of ivitchcraft in New 
England. C. 42. 

22. What are the principal events connected with the history of 
New Tork from 1640 to the French and Indian war? C. 43. 



UNITED STATES HISTORY. I45 

23. To what province did the present State of New Jersey orig- 
inally belong? When was it organized into a separate province? 
Who was its first Governor? What are the main facts of its his- 
tory up to the Revolution ? C. 44. 

24. Who first settled Delaware? What name did that colony 
first bear? What has been its connection with Pennsylvania? 
C. 45. 

. 25. When was the coast of Carolina explored, and after whom 
was it named ? When, and by whom was the first settlement there 
attempted? Who was the first Governor? C. 46. 

26. Give the history of the war of King Philip — when it was 
commenced, and what were its results to the parties concerned. 
C. 47-49. 

27. What rebellion occurred in Virginia between 1624 and 1639? 
Who was the leader therein, and who the Governor at that time? 
C. 50. 

28. What pains and penalties were enacted against the Quakers? 
Who else were persecuted about the same time ? Where, and for 
what? C. 51. 

29. When, and by whom was Pennsylvania first settled? What 
did the land cost per acre ? What class of people purchased 
largely? What can you say of William Penn ? What were the 
principal features of his colony? C. 52. 

30. What colonies lost their charters ? When and how were 
they deprived of them ? How did they regain them ? How did 
the war between the French and English aftect the colonies ? 
C. 53, 54. 

31. What was done for the spread of religion and education in 
the colonies? C. 56, 57. 

32. What war began in 1702? How long did it continue? What 
part did the Indians have in it ? C. 58, 59. 

33. What do you know of Kidd, and other pirates who had been 
infesting the Atlantic ? C. 61. 

34. What are the main facts relative to the settlement of Georgia? 
C. 62. 

35. Mention the discoveries of Joliet, Marquette, La Salle, and 
Father Hennepin. Who claimed the country from the Gulf of 
Mexico to Canada? What was the first s-ettlement of the Missis- 
sippi Valley ? When, and by whom made ? What difficulties were 
met ? C. 66, 67. 

36. What was the first public duty intrusted to George Wash- 
ington? Give the particulars. C. 68. 

13 



146 THE EXAMINER. 

37. What circumstances gave rise to the French and Indian 
war? What part therein was assigned to Washington? What 
was the result? C. 69. 

38. Descrihe Braddock's defeat. What had Franklin to do with 
this expedition? What were the principal events 1756-1758? 
C. 70, 71. 

39. When and by whom was Quebec captured? How long did 
this war continue? What were its results to both parties? C. 
72, 73. 

40. What circumstances led to the American Revolution ? How 
did the people show their opposition to Great Britain at first? 
State the most offensive measures adopted by the Parliament. 
What was the general feeling throughout the Colonies ? C. 
74-80. 

41. When and where occurred the first actual conflict of arms? 
What was done by the people of New York, Philadelphia, Boston, 
and Charleston, respectively, in relation to the cargoes of tea landed 
at these ports ? C. 71-83. 

42. When, and where did the Jirst Congress of delegates from the 
colonies meet? How long was it in session, and what were its 
principal measures? C. 84. 

43. When did the Revolution begin? Who was Governor of 
Massachusetts at that time ? What office did Dr. Franklin hold ? 
Describe the battles of Lexington, Concord, and Bunker's Hill? 
C. 87-91. 

44. Where, and when did the second Continental Congress assem- 
ble ? What were its principal measures? C. 92. 

45. Describe the expeditions against Canada? Where did Gen. 
Montgomery fall? What caused the British to evacuate Boston? 
What did the British attempt at Charleston, and with what result? 
C. 93-96. 

46. When, and with what troops did the British attack New 
York, and with what result? Describe the battle of Trenton. 
Mention the principal facts of that campaign. C. 98. 

47. Give the history of the Declaration of Independence. C. 
97. 

48. Describe the battle of Brandywine. What distinguished 
Europeans fought in behalf of the Americans about this tinie? By 
whom, and where was Gen. Prescott captured? Describe the move- 
ments of Gen. Burgoyne. What American general commanded at 
the battle of Bennington ? Where, when, and to whom did Bur- 
goyne surrender? C. 103-107. 



UNITED STATES HISTORY. 147 

49. Where, when, and between what vessels was the first naval 
battle of the Revolution fought? Describe the career of Paul 
Jones. 0. 108, 109. 

50. When was the flag of the U. S. adopted? What nation first 
acknowledged the independence of the U. S., and when? What 
can you say of the battle of Monmouth? What, of Gen. Charles 
Lee? C' 111-113. 

51. Give the main facts of the massacre of Wyoming. What 
events occurred at the South about this time? What part did Count 
d'Estaing act therein ? C. 115-119. 

52. What was the currency in circulation at this time? What 
can you say of Gen. Wayne and his military career? Give an ac- 
count of the Six Nations. What disaster befell the Americans at 
the South in 1780? C. 122-126. 

53. What do you know of Benedict Arnold? Give the partic- 
ulars of his treason, and of the capture, trial, and execution of 
Andre. C. 127-130. 

54. State the operations of Generals Green and Morgan at the 
South during 1781. What were the principal naval operations 
during the same period ? Where, when, and to whom did Corn- 
wallis surrender? When were the Articles of Confederation 
adopted? When was peace proclaimed? How long did the Rev- 
olutionary war last? What course did Washington now pursue? 
What were the financial and moral effects of the Revolution on 
the U. S.? C. 131-135. 

55. What were the cause and object of Shay's rebellion ? De- 
scribe the manner in which the Constitution of the U. S. was 
formed. When was the first President chosen? C. 136, 137. 

56. What were the principal measures of the first Congress of the 
U. S. ? Describe the Indian war of 1790 and 1791. Describe Col. 
Boone's career, especially his agency in the settlement of Kentucky. 
What were the principal events that characterized the second term 
of Washington's administration? C. 138-146. 

57. AVho were chosen the second Pres. and Vice Pres., and 
when ? Who succeeded Adams and Jefferson as Pres. and Vice 
Pres. ? How were they elected ? When, and where was Ohio first 
settled ? What were the principal events that occurred during 
Jefferson's second term? C. 146-155. 

58. Who were chosen next as Pres. and Vice Pres. ? What was 
the state of our foreign relations at that time ? When, and by 
whom was steam first applied, in this country, to propel vessels ? 
What war was declared durinsr Madison's administration ? What 



148 THE EXAMINER. 

were the principal events tliat occurred during his first term? How 
long did the war with England continue? What were its principal 
battles both by land and sea? C. 156-183. 

59. For what was 1817 remarkable ? When was Illinois received 
into the Union? What States were admitted in 1820? Give an 
account of the Missouri Compromise. What is the history of 
Florida? What other important events occurred under Monroe's 
administration? How did Congress remunerate Lafayette for his 
services? C. 184-189. 

60. Who became Pres. and Vice Pres. in 1825 ? Which of the 
ex-Presidents died on the 4th of July, and in what years, respectr 
ively ? What particular excitement affected the country during 
John Quincy Adams' administration ? C. 190, 191. 

61. Give the principal events that characterized Jackson's admin- 
istration. How long did the Florida war last, and who commanded 
in behalf of the U. S. ? When was Michigan admitted into the 
Union? C. 192-197. 

62. Describe the financial disaster of 1837. Who were Pres. and 
Vice Pres. during this period ? How was the latter elected ? What 
measures distinguished Van Buren's administration? C. 198-200, 

63. What circumstances attended the presidential election of 
1840? How long was Harrison Pres.? Who succeeded him in 
the presidency"^. Give the history of Texas and Iowa. C. 201-204. 

64. What led to the Mexican war? Who were the commanders 
on each side in this-war? Describe the great battles. How long 
did it last, and what were its results? Describe the prominent 
measures of Polk's administration. C. 205-209. 

65. Who was the next Pres.? Who introduced the Compromise 
measures of 1850? What were they? How long was Taylor 
Pres.? Who succeeded him ? What measures distinguished Fill- 
more's administration ? C. 210-213. 

66. Who was elected the next Pres. ? What were the prominent 
events of his administration ? C. 214, 215. 

67. Give the history of the war in Kansas. State the principal 
events of Buchanan's administration. What is the present condition 
of the various Indian tribes? C. 216-221. 

68. Who succeeded Buchanan ? Give a sketch of Lincoln's public 
life, and of the Great Rebellion that followed his inauguration. 



PA^RT V. 



THEORY AND PRACTICE OF TEACHING. 

Jl^"" The following, by permission of their author, have been selected 
from a vei'y valuable list of questions on the Theory and Practice 
OF Teaching, by Hon. E. E. White, State School Com. of Ohio. We can 
refer to no one book for answers to these questions. It is understood 
that Mr. White is preparing a manual on this subject, adapted to the 
wants of teachers and schools — a work very greatly needed. 

1. Draw a ground plan for an ungraded school taught by a 
single teacher. 

2. What is the duty of teachers respecting the care of school 
grounds? 

3. What is the best plan for ventilating school-rooms ? 

4. Why is a teacher that neglects the ventilation of his school- 
room blamable? 

5. How would you arrange the seats of a school-room occupied 
both for study and recitation ? 

6. Is an untidy school-room more discreditable to the p^ipils 
than to the teacher ? 

7. To what extent is the teacher responsible for tlie protection 
of the desks, walls, doors, etc., of a school-house from defacement 
and injury? 

8. What items should be daily recorded by the teacher in con- 
ducting a school ? 

9. What measures would you resort to, to secure regularity of 
attendance ? 

10. What record would you keep of tardiness ? 

11. Why should the teacher enter upon the organization of a 
school with well-matured plans ? 

12. What general rules, if any, would you adojDt to effect a tem- 
porary organization ? 

13. What course would you take to ascertain the attainments of 
the ditFerent pupils before assigning them their studies, or attempt- 
ing to classify them ? 

14. What is the advantage of having as few classes as possible? 



150 THE EXAMINER. 

15. How far should a teacher be guided by the wishes of parents 
in assigning new studies to pupils ? 

16. What is your plan of calling out, and dismissing your 
classes ? 

17. Why should the younger scholars be confined less than the 
older ones ? 

18. What plan would you adopt to secure this result? 

19. What is your plan of regulating the work of each scholar at 
his desk? 

20. What should be made the opening exercises of a school? 

21. What is your plan of conducting such devotional exercises? 

22. What attention should be given to vocal music? 

23. Why should the teacher make special preparation for con- 
ducting each recitation ? 

24. To what extent should the teacher use a text-book in hearing 
a lesson ? 

25. To what extent should the pupil be assisted in the preparation 
of his lessons ? 

26. What is the difference between teaching and talking? 

27. What, in your opinion, are the more common faults of 
teachers in conducting recitations? 

28. What do you understand by "leading questions," and why 
are they objectionable? 

29. Why should the teacher reject partial ans.wers? 

30. Why should every answer be expressed in good language? 

31. What are the advantages, and what the disadvantages of 
conducting recitations by topics ? 

32. What are some of the objections to the common method of 
permitting pupils to recite consecutively, or by turn ? ^ 

33. What are the advantages of the method of calling upon the 
pupils promiscuously, or without reference to the order in which 
they stand, to recite? 

34. What do you understand by the "concert method" of 
reciting? 

35. What are the advantages, and what the disadvantages of the 
method of propounding questions to the entire class, and requiring 
those, who think -they can answer correctly, to raise the hand? 

36. Which of these methods of calling upon pupils to recite do 
you regard as the most thorough and satisfactory? 

37. What position do you prefer your pupils to take when reciting? 

38. What are the advantages of always reviewing the preceding 
lesson ? 



THEORY AND PRACTICE OF TEACHING. 151 

39. What is the advantage of subjecting your own classes to fre- 
quent thorough examinations, or tests? 

40. What would be your method of conducting an examination 
in reading ? 

41. What are the usual arguments for, and against the system 
of " merit-marks" ? 

42. What is your opinion of the practice of keeping an accurate 
record of the character of each pupil's recitations ? 

43. Is it ever proper to resort to corporal punishment to secure 
the preparation of lessons ? 

44. What do you regard the highest motives that can be suc- 
cessfully used as incentives to study ? 

45. What is your opinion of the practice of detaining pupils 
after school to prepare, or recite neglected lessons ? 

46. Why should self-government, on the part of the pupil, be the 
ultimate object of school government? 

47. Why are cheerful obedience and good order necessary in 
every school ? 

48. How do you explain the fact that some teachers govern 
easily, without resorting to corporal punishment, while others 
depend largely upon such punishment to sustain their authority? 

49. Name some of the more important qualifications of a suc- 
cessful disciplinarian. 

50. How do you explain the fact that tlie higher and more uni- 
form the standard of school order, the easier it is to sustain it? 

51. Why is it Important that the teacher be able to detect mis- 
chief in its incipient form? 

52. What qualifications on the part of the teacher does this 
require ? 

53. Why should the teacher never permit the faults of his pupils 
to create an unfriendly feeling toward them? 

54. What is your method of regulating "whispering"? 

55. What coarse would you pursue to detect the author of a seri- 
ous school offense? 

56. What is your opinion of the propriety of requiring pupils to 
inform upon each other ? 

57. Why should the teacher be careful not to transcend his 
authority in school government? 

58. What are the objects of punishment? 

59. What would be a natural punishment for tardiness? 

60. Why is it not proper for a teacher to resort to such punish- 
ments as are designed to degrade a pupil? 



152 THE EXAMINER. 

61. What is your opinion of "dunce caps", and "dunce stools"? 

62. Why should the head be exempt from penal violence? 

63. Why should a teacher never make a remark reflecting upon 
the parents of a pupil ? 

64. Under what circumstances do you tliink it right to inflict 
corporal punishment? 

65. Why should whips not be kept in sight in the school-room? 

66. In what temper and spirit should the teacher inflict punish- 
ment? 

67. What relation does proper moral instruction, or training, 
sustain to school government ? 

68. What importance do you attach to the purity and integrity 
of the teacher's own life and conduct? 

69. What is the best method of imparting moral instruction in 
our schools? 

70. What use should be made of the Bible in our schools? 

71. Why should the teacher, in his entire treatment of his pupils, 
be rigidly honest? 

72. What is your opinion of the honesty of the practice of calling 
only upon the best pupils in public examinations ? 

73. What course do you take to cultivate truthfulness in your 
pupils ? 

74. What is your opinion of the importance of instructing our 
youth in their duties and obligations as citizens? 

75. In what respects should primary methods of instruction differ 
from adult methods? 

76. What do you understand by "object lessons"? 

77. Why should the child's first lessons in geography be given 
orally rather than from books ? 

78. What book-lessons should, as a general rule, be assigned to 
children under eight years of age ? 

79. Why should drawing receive daily attention ? 

Note. — The following valuable works are recommended to the care- 
ful perusal and study of all who desire to avail themselves of the 
best sources of information upon the science of education and methods 
of instruction : — Sheldon's Manual of Instruction, V/ickersham's School 
Economy, Northend's Teacher's Assistant, Page's Theory and Practice 
of Teaching, Herbert Spencer on Education, Wickersham's Methods of 
Instruction, Ogdens Science of Education and Art of Teaching, and 
Holbrook's Normal Methods. 



P^RT VI. 



PHYSIOLOGY. 

g^^'The references connected with the questions on this topic are 
to Cutter's Physiology, Revised Stereotype Edition. 

1. In what respect does Anatomy differ from Physiology? C. 1. 

2. Give an account of the structure of the human body. What 
are the functions respectively of the different tissues f C. 2. 

3. How many bones are there in the human frame, and how are 
they classified ? Describe their structure. How many bones has 
the skull, and how are they united? Describe the spinal column. 
C. 4. 

4. State, in general, the Physiology of the bony system. What 
is the use of the synovial fluid? What is the office of the liga- 
ments ? C. 6. 

5. What is the effect of exercise on the bones ? What, of con- 
tinuing long in the same position ? How should the chairs and 
desks of the school-room be constructed, and why ? What is the 
effect on the bones, of having tables too high, or too low ? How is 
the lateral curvature of the spine often produced ? C. 7. 

6. On what do the motions of the body depend? What are the 
muscles, and how formed ? About what number of muscles are 
there in the human body ? C. 8. 

7. What, in general terms, is the physiology of the muscular 
system? On what do the strength and endurance of the muscles 
depend? C. 9. 

8. How does exercise, or the want of it, affect the muscular sys- 
tem ? What is the effect of great and continued exercise ? Whence 
arises the necessity of relaxation and rest? What is the proper 
remedy for the restlessness of scholars in the school-room ? What 
are the principal laws that should regulate muscular exertion ? 
What is the effect of close-fitting dresses on the muscular system ? 
What positions of the body are favorable, and what unfavorable to 
the proper development of the muscles? What directions would vou 

(153) 



154 THE EXAMINER. 

give pupils as to their position in stud}^ and recitation ? How 
should the muscles be educated? C. 10, 11. 

9. What do you know of the anatomy of the teeth ? What are 
the uses of the teeth? What rules tend to the preservation of the 
teeth? C. 12. 

10. Name the digestive organs. Can you give a general descrip- 
tion of their anatomy ? C. 13. 

11. What distinct operations are employed in digestion, and 
what is the process? C. 14. 

12. For what purposes must food be taken ? What rules should 
regulate its quantity and quality? What relation do the season, 
our clothing, and employment bear to our food, and what rules do 
they furnish as to its quantify 1 On what do the nutritiousness and 
digestibleness of our food depend? What directions should be ob- 
served, as to the manner of taking our food ? What causes j^roduce 
indigestion? C. 15, 16. 

13. Name the circulatory organs, and describe the functions of 
each. C. 17. 

14. Describe the circulation of the blood. What forces cause the 
arterial^ and what, the veinous circulation ? C. 18. 

15. What conditions are favorable, and what, unfavorable to the 
healthful circulation of the blood? What results follow in either 
case? How would you stop the bleeding of a severed artery? 
C. 19. 

16. What are the functions respectively of the lacteal and ly7n- 
phatic vessels ? What causes endanger the proper functions of the 
latter, and how may that danger be avoided? C. 20. 

17. Name the secretory organs, and describe their ofhces. On 
what does the healthful production of the secretions depend? 
Name the principal secretions. What causes tend to vitiate and 
obstruct the secretions, and what results follow from their stop- 
page? C. 21. 

18. Describe the nutritive system. What connection has pure 
blood with nutrition ? How is the blood rendered impure ? What 
is the result, when the absorbent system is more active than the 
nutritive? C. 22. 

19. Name the respiratory organs. Describe the lungs, and the 
diaphragm. C. 23. 

20. Describe the process of respiration. AVhat quantity of air m 
taken into the lungs at each inspiration? How, and v/hen is tlie 
blood acted on by the air? What is the effect on the blood? 
C. 24. 



PHYSIOLOGY. 155 

21. Whence arises the necessity for the ventilation of school- 
rooms, public halls, and private dwellings? How much pure air 
is requisite for each individual per minute? How does the effect 
of bad ventilation show itself in the school-room? What is the 
proper remedy ? C. 25. 

22. What is the effect, on respiration, of compressing the chest? 
Which is the better for health, large or small lungs, and why? 
What circumstances connected with respiration tend to consumption 
and scrofula? Describe artificial respiration, how produced, and in 
what cases useful. C. 26. 

23. What is actually known concerning the sources of animal 
heat? How far, and in what respects, may the temperature of the 
body differ from that of the surrounding atmosphere? What have 
been the prominent theories held in respect to the causes, and 
sources of animal heat? What is generally supposed to be the 
true theory ? On what discoveries does it rest ? C. 27. 

24. What circumstances influence the generation of animal heat? 
What salutary rules for the regulation of life does this subject 
furnish? C. 28. 

25. What are the vocal organs? Describe their form and struc- 
ture. How do these organs respectively operate in the production 
and regulation of vocal sound ? C. 29. 

26. What circumstances are favorable, and what unfavorable to 
the use and cultivation of the voice ? What position is best for pupils, 
and others, whether reading or speaking? What is the influence 
of adequate ventilation on the voice ? What other conditions are 
favorable to the cultivation of the voice? What process is adapted 
to secure a distinct articulation ? C. 30. 

27. What is the structure of the skin ? Describe the oil glands, 
and perspiratory apparatus. C. 31. 

28. What different layers constitute the skin ? What are their 
respective uses? How are corns produced, and how may they be 
removed? On what layer of the skin does the color of the person 
depend? What produces the variety of complexions? On what 
does the sense of touch depend? What are the uses of perspira- 
tion ? C. 32. 

29. On what does the healthy action of the skin depend ? What 
kind of clothing is best, as to its fabric, color, and quantity, and 
why? Wliat evils result from the want of cleanliness, and how? 
What are the benefits of bathing ? What is the influence of light, 
heat, and air on the functions of the skin? C. 33. 34. 



156 THE EXAMINER. 

30. Describe the anatomy and physiology of the hair and nails, 
and the proper treatment of both. C 35. 

31. Of what does the nervous system consist? Describe the 
brain, and its functions. How many pairs of cranial nerves are 
there, how named, and what purposes do they serve? C. 36. 

32. Describe the spinal column, and cord, and their uses respect- 
ively. How are the spinal nerves divided, and to what parts of the 
system do they respectively belong? C. 37. 

33. Into what parts is the brain divided, and what is the special 
function of each? How are the nerves divided in respect to their 
functions? C. 38. 

34. To what are diseased nerves largely attributable ? On what 
conditions is the healthy action of the brain dependent? What 
causes most endanger the nervous system? C. 39. 

35. What rules can you give for the proper exercise of the brain ? 
What relation do the physical and moral powers bear to the in- 
tellectual, and what condition of the former is most favorable to 
the latter? How should the school-room be situated as regards 
light, warmth, and ventilation to secure successful study ? What 
causes often produce concussion of the brain, and what caution 
does this give respecting the punishment of pupils? C. 40. 

36. Name the Jive seixses. Describe the sense of touch. On what 
circumstances does its sensitiveness depend? C. 41. 

37. Describe the sense of taste. What is its use, and mode of 
action? What circumstances favor its cultivation and legitimate 
use? C. 42. 

38. Describe the sense of smell; its anatomy, use, and the cir- 
cumstances favorable or unfavorable to its perfection. C. 43. 

39. Describe the sense of vision. What apparatus belongs to 
this sense? What are i\\Q protecting organs? What are the func- 
tions of the several parts of the eye? How is vision produced? 
What cautions should be observed in using the eyes ? C. 44, 45, 

40. Describe the sense of hearing ; the organ and its different 
parts. C. 46. 

41. State the functions of the different parts of the ear. How is 
the transmission of sound through the difierent parts of the ear 
accomplished ? C. 46, 

42. What causes frequently impair the sense of hearing? How 
may they be guarded against most effectually? C. 47. 

43. What rules for preserving health, and removing disease are 
derived from the Anatomy and Physiology of the human system ? 
C. 48. 



FART VII. 



ALGEBRA. 

Remark. — Having devoted so large a portion of this work to Arith- 
metic, it is deemed unnecessary to go at length into the subject of 
Algebra, involving, as it does, to so great an extent, the same defini- 
tions^ fundamental principles, and operations. The object sought will be 
best secured, it is believed, by a few leading and suggestive questions. 

JI^^The references in the following questions are all to Ray's Alge- 
bra, First Book, 

1. What is the difference between Arithmetic and Algebra? 
Art. 15. 

2. Make, and describe the uses of the principal algebraic signs. 
Art 18-29. 

3. Describe a coefficient, an exponent, a power, a root, and an index 
of a quantity, and give an example of each. Art. 30-38. 

4. Give two examples each of a monomial, a trinomial, a poly- 
nomial, and a residual quantity. Art. 40-43. 

5. What is the use of the parenthesis, vinculum, and bar'? 
Art. 48, 49. 

6. What is the reciprocal of a quantity? Art. 51. 

7. Express algebraically : five a squared, into a plus b, into c 
minus a, minus three times x fourth power. Art. 52. 

8. Express in common language: -. 7;-^. Art. 52, Ex. 11. 

9. Find the sum of ^a^''—'ia''b^-\-x''y+xy\ Aa^b^—1 a%'^—2,xy'' 
+6x^y, 3a^6^+3a^i''^ — ?>x'^y-\-bxy^, and 2a^b^ — a^b^ — ^x'^y — 3a:2/l Art, 
55, Ex. 15. 

10. Give the rule for subtraction in Algebra. Art. 58. 

11. Find the difference between — la-\-'^m — 8x, and — 6a — bm — 2x 
—3a. Art. 58, Ex. 39, 

12. Prove that a minus quantity multiplied by a minus quantity 
produces a plus product. Art. 72. 

13. Find the product of Zd^-\-bax — 2x'^ by 2a — x. Art. 72, 
Ex. 22. 

(157) 



158 THE EXAMINER. 

14. Describe the process of dividing one polynomial by another. 
Art. 79. 

15. Solve the following, giving both the work and the result: 
(a*+aV+:r'')-j-(«-— a.r+.-c2)— (a+.r) (a—x). Art. 79, Ex. 7, 
Misc. Ex. 

16. Give the Algebraic Theorems derived from multiplication 
and division. Art. 80-86, 

17. Separate 4a^ — 20ab-\-25b, into its simplest factors. Art. 94, 
Ex. 6. 

18. Separate x"^ — 13a;4-40 into two binomial factors, and give the 
process. Art. 95, Ex. 8. 

19. Find the greatest common divisor of 3a*?/^, Qa^x^y^, and 9a'^y*x. 
Art. 100, Ex. 6. 

20. Find the greatest common divisor of x'^-{-2x — 3 and x'^-^5x-\-&, 
and describe the process. Art. 106, Ex. 8. 

21. Find the least common multiple of 15, 6xz'\ 9a;V, and lScx\ 
Art. 112, Ex. 4, 

22. Reduce the fraction : , "• to its lowest terms, giving both 

X* — 1/* 

the work and the result. Art. 128, Ex. 18. 

23. Change the fraction '■- — ^ into a mixed quantity. Art. 

130, Ex. 9. 

24. How may the signs of an algebraic fraction be changed 
without altering its value? Art. 132. 

25. 5a:+"^+4x— ?:^=what? Art. 138, Ex. 16. 

O DX 

26. (2a— 3.r+^— ?)—(«— 5.r+^=^)=what? Art. 138, Ex. 18. 

a X 

Exs. in Subtraction. 

27. Find the product of 7t-¥^i^,X2a:y. Art. 139, Ex. 10. 

28. — — — X(2:r+5?/)=what? Art. 139, Ex. 16. 

29. ^!±^x'^^'xa--what? Art. 140, Ex. 12. 

X — y x-\-y 

30. ^_^_^'=^!_=what? Art. 142, Ex. 21. 

a+\ . 

31. Change into a simple fraction. Art. 143, Ex. 5. 

in 

32. How would you define an equation? Art. 145. 



ALGEBRA. I59 

33. On what does the degree of an equation depend? Art. 
148. 

34. Describe a simple^ a quadratic^ an identical, a numerical, and a 
literal equation. Art. 148, 149. 

35. What are the principal operations employed in solving equa- 
tions, and in what order should they usually come? Art. 
153, 154. 

36. Solve and verify the following: A and B depart from the 
same place and travel in the same direction, B at the rate of 3, 
and A at the rate of 5 miles an hour, B having the start of A 10 
hours; in how many hours will A overtake B ? Art. 156. 

37. A cistern has 3 pipes to fill it, the first can fill it in H, 
the second, in 3^, and the third, in 5 hours; in what time will all 
three fill it if running together? Art. 156, Ex. 59. 

38. If, for every 10 sheep a farmer keeps, he should plow an acre 
of land, and allow one acre of pasture for every 4 sheep; how 
many sheep can a person keep who farms 161 acres? Art. 156, 
Ex. 71. 

39. There are two numbers in the proportion of ^ to |, which 
being increased respectively by 6 and 5, are in the proportion of # 
to ^; required the number. Art. 156, Ex. 76. 

40. The ingredients of a loaf of bread are rice, flour, and water, 
and the weight of the whole is 15 pounds; the weight of the rice 
increased by 5 pounds is | the weight of the flour; and the weight 
of the water is i the weight of the flour and the rice together; 
what is the weight of each? Art. 156, Ex. 79. 

41. Describe, in full, the method of solving problems containing 
two or more unknown quantities. Art. 157-160. 

42. Solve the following, giving the work as well as the result: A 
has two vessels containing wine, and finds that | of the first con- 
tains 96 gallons less than | of the second, and that | of the second 
contains as much as -^ of the first; how much does each vessel 
hold? Art. 161, Ex. 13. 

43. Solve the following, applying to it each of the modes of elim- 
ination, and giving the work entire : A farmer mixed a certain 
number of bushels of oats and rye, and found that if he had mixed 
6 bushels more of each he would have mixed 7 bushels of oats for 
every 6 of rye; but if he had mixed 6 bushels less of each he would 
have put in 6 bushels of oats for every 5 of rye; how many bushels 
of each were mixed? Art. 161, Ex. 32. 

44. Find two numbers in the ratio of 5 to 7 to wliich two other 
required numbers, in the ratio of 3 to 5 being respectively added, 



iGO THE EXAMINER. 

the sums shall be in the ratio of 9 to 13, and the difference of their 
sums equal to 16. Art. 161, Ex. 38. 

45. A certain number is expressed by three figures, and the sum 
of the figures is 11; the figure in the place of units is double that 
in the place of hundreds; and if 297 be added to the number, its 
figures will be inverted; required the number. Art. 163, Ex. 11. 

46. Define algebraic formulas^ and show how they are obtained. 
Art. 164-169. 

47. Generalize the following, and find the formula, and rule ap- 
plicable to all such problems : A, B, and C, engaged in trade, 
putting in stock in the following proportions : A put in 3 dollars, 
as often as B put in 4, and as often as C put in 5 dollars. Their 
gains amounted to 60 dollars; required the share of each. Art. 
168, Ex. 1. 

'48. A certain person gave to some poor men a cents apiece, and 
had b cents left; but, if he had given them c cents apiece, he 
would have had a cents left ; how many persons were there? Art. 
170, Ex. 13. 

49. Divide the number a into two such parts, that the difference 
of their squares may be c. Art. 171, Ex. 12. 

50. What are the rules for raising monomials and polynomials 
to any given power? Art. 178-182. 

51. What is the cube of ^ ? Art. 182, Ex. 5. 

52. Explain the Binomial Theorem^ and show how to use it. 
Art. 183, 184. 

53. How can it be applied to raise binomials to different powers, 
when one or both terms consist of two, or more quantities? 
Art. 185. 

54. Find the third power of 4ax^+3c?/, giving the work. Art. 
185, Ex. 4. 

55. Describe the process of extracting the square roots of mo- 
nomials and binomials. Art. 187-196. 

56. Find- the square root of a^x^-\-^aWx^ — 'ia^bx^ — 4:ab''^x-\-b\ 
Art. 196, Ex. 10. 

57. What are radicals of the second degree? Art. 198. 

58. Find the sum, difference, product, and quotient, respectively, 
giving the work, of 2|/|+3i/12, 5ai/27— 3ai/48, v|Xi/|, 15 
y/378-^5/6. Art. 199-203. 

59. What are equations of the second degree ? Art. 206. 

60. Define a complete, an incomplete, a pure quadratic, and an 
affected quadratic equation of the second degree. Art. 207. 



ALGEBRA. . 161 

61. Prove that every incomplete equation of the second degree 
has two roots, and only two. Art. 210. 

62. Find 3 numbers in the proportion of ^, |, and |, the sum of 
whose squares is 724, Art. 211, Ex. 17. 

63. Give the rule for the solution of a complete equation of the 
second degree. Art. 212. 

64. What is the Hindoo method of solving quadratics? Art. 213. 

65. Solve the following, applying both the common and the Hindoo 
methods, and giving the work : A and B start at the same tinie to 
travel 150 miles; A travels 3 miles an hour faster than B, and fin- 
ishes his journey 8i hours before him; at what rate per hour did 
each travel? Art. 214, Ex. IS. 

66. A man bought a horse, which he afterward sold for 24 dollars, 
and, by so doing, lost as much per cent, upon the price of his pur- 
chase as the horse cost him. What did he pay for the horse? 
Art. 214, Ex. 25. 

67. Describe the process of solving equations of the second 
degree containing two unknown quantities. Art. 219. 

68. Solve the following, giving the work : Find 3 quantities such, 
that the quotients arising from dividing the products of every two 
of them by the one remaining are a, ^, and c. Art. 219, Ex. 11. 

69. Give the rules for finding any term of an increasing and de- 
creasing series, in Arithmetical Progression. Art. 220-222." 

70. If a^30, and d'= — 2, what is the eighth term of the series? 
Art. 222, Ex. 18. 

71. If the first of an arithmetical series is 3, common difference 
2, and the number of terms 10, what is the sum ? Give the result 
and rule. Art. 223. 

72. What is the difference between Arithmetical and Geometrical 
Progression ? Art. 226. 

73. Give the rules for finding ayiy term and the sum of a geo- 
metrical series. Art. 227-230. 

74. State the 12 Propositions involved in Ratio and Proportion, 
and give one example illustrating each. Art, 231-255, 

14 



162 EXAMINATION. 



EXAMINATION. 

Remark. — For the benefit of such candidates as have never been examined, a list 
of questions is subjoined similar to those they may expect to meet in the examina- 
tion-room. The object is to furnish some idea of the topics usually presented. 

1. Wliat is your name and post-office address in full? 

2. What is your native State ? 

3. Have you been examined before? If so, where, and by 
whom ? 

4. For how long a period was your last certificate given ? 

5. Have you testimonials of a good moral character ? 

6. Which letters are consonants, and which are vowels in the 
following words : union, folio, righteous ? 

1. Write out, in words, the following number : 00908070605040- 
302010003. 

8. What proofs have you that the earth is round? 

9. How many yards of cloth, at $7, $8, and $9 per yd., the quan- 
tity of each kind being the same, can you buy for $1800? 

10. A and B start from the same point and travel in opposite 
directions, A at the rate of 30 mi., and B at the rate of 44 mi. per 
daj; how far apart will they be at the end of 21 days? 

11. When is P silent? 

12. AVhat are the prime factors of G200 ? 

13. Into what zones is the earth divided, and what are the bound- 
aries, and what the width of each ? 

14. What is the greatest common divisor of 720, 1008, and 1152? 

15. Annex ing to name and sue; able to blame and sale; y to 
fleece and grease; and ous to membrane. 

16. What is the least common multiple of 6, 7, 2, and 17.? 

17. Name, and give an example of each kind of common fractions. 

18. What countries, oceans, islands, and large rivers, are crossed 
by the Tropic of Cancer ? 

19. Eeduce jq, £q, and |^ to the least common denominator. 



20. 



(|r + ^ 0^ f <^f f of 20 )^|| = what? 



21. The following are abbreviations of what words: Eom., Eev., 
Ps., Chron., Phil., Do., Dr., Eph., Fr., U. S., Mo., la., Seir., Vs.? 

22. A bought of B 13^ tuns of hay at $9 per tun; and of C 15| 
tuns at $10.50 per tun. He then sold to D 9 tuns at $12 per tun, 
and the rest to E at $13 per tun. Did he gain or lose by the 
operation, and how much ? 



THE EXAMIjSER. 163 

23. How many degrees from the Arctic to the Antarctic Circle? 
24 .00001728 -r- 2.4 = what ? 

25. Express in words .01013. 

26. Analyze and parse in full the following : 

" To exhort the weak, and to encourage each other to be valiant, 
is one way to acquit ourselves like men." 

27. 7^^ of a day equals what, expressed in hours, minutes, and 
seconds ? 

28. 14 ft. V r' X 6 ft. r 5'' = what ? 

29. Bound California; name and locate its capital; describe its 
mountains, rivers, bays, and capes. 

30. 7f fo of 345 gal. = what ? 

31. What is the annual premium on a house insured for $4680, 
at -|- of 1 per cent. ? 

32. Give the 2d person plural, 3d past tense, passive voice, of the 
verb encourage ; also the 2d past tense, infinitive mode, passive voice, 
of the verb exhort. 

33. 51 + 13f + 231 tuns = how many ? 

34. What is the interest, at 5^ ^, of $425.50, from January 8 until 
November 20, 1863 ? 

35. Write a sentence containing the case independent, and one 
containing the case absolute. 

36. In what time will $140, at 7 %, gain $10.8616 interest? 

37. What is the highest degree of north latitude reached by navi- 
gators, and who attained it? 

38. If 6 horses in 9 days eat 70 bu. of oats, how many will be 
required to eat 280 bu. in 27 days? 

39. Bound the Chinese Empire, give its area and population, and 
describe its mountains, rivers, and seas. 

40. T/l^^=what? 

41. Why is the Tropic of Cancer located just where it is ? 

42. Which is the warmer zone, that north of the Arctic Circle, 
or that south of the Antarctic Circle? 

43. ^5.4756 = what ? 

44. 1^704697 = what? 



45. MMV + MDCCLIX + I860 — 6006 = what? 

46. Bought eggs at 4 ct. a dozen ; for how much must I sell them 
to»gain 25 ^ ? 



THE BEST AND CHEAPEST SCHOOL BOOKS. 

THE ECLECTIC EDUCATIONAL SERIES 

EMBRACES 

McGufFey's Primary School Charts, 6 No's. 

McGuffey's New Eclectic Speller, 1 Book. 

McG-uffey's New Eclectic Readers, 7 Books. 

McGuffey's New Eclectic Speakers, 2 Books. 

Ray's Series of Arithmetics, 6 Books. 

Ray's Series of Algebras .2 Books. 

Ray's Plane and Solid Geometry, 1 Book. 

Pinneo's Series of Grammars, 3 Books. 

Pinneo's Guide to Composition, 1 Book. 

Popularity. — These School Books possess the highest merit, 
are more widely introduced ^lian any other series published, and 
have received the cordial indorsement of the most intelligent and 
successful teachers throughout the Union. 

Approved and adopted in many Schools in the New England States ; 
in the New York C?7y Public Schools; extensively used in the Public 
Schools of Pennsylvania ; and, almost exclusively in the Schools of 
Ohio^ Indiana., and other States of the West and North-West; and 
largely in nearly every other State where liberal attention is given to 
public instruction. 

Economy to Parents. — They combine the rare advantages of 
superior intrinsic merit, typographical beauty, cheapness^ and exten- 
sive uniformity of adoption and use. 

They have been recommended by State Superintendents of Public 
Instruction of Ohio.i Indiana., Illinois, Iowa., Wisconsin., Minnesota, 
Missouri., Kansas, and Kentucky; by the State Boards of Education 
of nearly every State having a central Educational Board; and by 
thousands of Superintendents, Teachers, and School Officers in all 
sections of the Union. 



THE ECLECTIC EDUCATIONAL SERIES. 

OHIO. 

From HON. ANSON SMYTH, late State Supt. of Public Instruction, Ohio. 

McGuffey's Old Eclectic Readers I esteemed as among the very 
best works of the kind; but the New are certainly a decided improve- 
ment upon the Old. I know of no others which I could more earnestly 
and honestly indorse. 

I have examined with care the new editions of Ray's Arithmetics, 
and am greatly pleased with them. The Primary is certainly a very 
decided improvement: I have seen none so well adapted for a text-book 
in the elements of Mental Arithmetic. The Intellectual is an admir- 
able work. The importance of Mental Arithmetic is now generally ap- 
preciated; and I know of no work that embodies so systematic, com- 
plete, and thorough a course in this useful branch of study. Rat's 
Practical Arithmetic needs no praise. It is its own commendation. 

PiNNEo's Series of Grammars I esteem as among the best text-books 
extant, for guiding the learner to a knowledge of the correct use of our 
language. The definitions are clear and exact; the rules are simple 
and comprehensive; and the whole plan and arrangement well adapted 
to achieve their purpose. 

C>0><&<0-0 

INDIANA. 

From HON. M. J. FLETCHER, former State Supt. Public Instruction, Ind. 

The public sentiment, as expressed in Indiana by the almost univer- 
sal use of the Eclectic Educational Series of School Books, embrac- 
ing McGuffey's New Series of Readers and Speller, Ray's Series of 
Arithmetics and Algebras, and Pinneo's Series of Grammars, was suf- 
ficient in itself to induce the State Board of Education to adopt them. 

In addition to this, by careful examination, I am well satisfied that 
their true intrinsic and relative merit entitles them to such recommenda- 
tion. They are printed on good, firm, substantial white paper, are dur- 
ably bound, and of unrivaled cheapness. 

a-o>«t;oo 

ILLINOIS. 

From HON. N. BATEMAN, State Supt. of Public Instruction, Illinois. 
. No series of books has ever obtained as many voices of approval from 
teachers as McGuffey's Eclectic Readers. Certainly no other Series 
has been so popular throughout the West. We unhesitatingly say that 
we know of no better books, and should not take the trouble to look for any. 
The printijig is beautiful, the paper very fine, and the binding good; 
and McGuffey's Readers are proverbially cheap. 



IMPORTANT TO TEACHERS. 

VALUABLE SCHOOL BOOKS, 

"WHICH ALL SHOULD EXAMHSTE. 



The Examiner, or Teachers' Aid; designed to assist can- 
didates for Teachers' Certificates in preparing for examination; also, 
pupils in reviewing their studies ; teachers in examining their classes ; 
and Normal Schools and Teachers' Institutes, in class and drill exercises. 
A copy of this valuable work should be upon the desk of every teacher, 
and in the hand of every candidate for the teacher's profession. Re- 
vised and Enlarged Edition. 

Ray's Test Examples; a new book, embracing over Three 
Thousand carefully-prepared practical problems, for the slate or black- 
board ; for Drill Exercises and Review. A book greatly needed by every 
teacher, and should be introduced into every school. Two editions pub- 
lished — one. Without Answers ; the other, With Answers arranged by 
themselves at the close of the volume. 

Ray's Elements of Plane and Solid Geometry ; a new and 

comprehensive work, on an original plan, embracing a large number 
and variety of Exercises. This work is believed to be more natural in 
plan; more simple in arrangement; more comprehensive, thorough and 
lucid in its treatment of the subject, than any other Geometry in use. 
Designed for Colleges, Schools, and Private Students. 

Evans' School Geometry; The Primary Elements of Plane and 
Solid Geometry, for Schools and Academies. A concise treatise, de- 
signed for that class of students who have not time to master the larger 
works. The amount of Geometry contained in this volume furnishes 
the pupil ample preparation for the study of Plane Trigonometry and 
Surveying. Highly commended by all who have examined it. 

De Wolf's Instructive Speller and Hand-Book of De- 
rivative Words; designed to secure a thorough knowledge of the 
elementary sounds, and correct habits of pronunciation and orthogra- 
phy; containing dictation exercises, and a simple but complete study of 
derivative words. The most thorough, complete, and admirably arranged 
Spelling-book published in the United States. 



VALUABLE SCHOOL BOOKS. 

White's Class-Book of Geography; containing a complete 
Syllabus of Oral Instruction on the method of Object Teaching, Map 
Exercises, systematically arranged for class drill, and numerous sug- 
gestive Test Questions for review. The correct pronunciation of all 
Geographical names, according to the latest and best authority, is indi- 
cated — a valuable feature, worth ten times the cost of the book. 

Pinneo's Guide to Composition; really a most valuable and 
much-needed text-book; embraces a series of graduated practical les- 
sons, with appropriate directions, exercises, and models, designed to 
simjjlify and make interesting the art of writing composition. Adapted 
to the wants of beginners, but will prove instructive and valuable to 
all. 'T is a book no one can read without feeling benefited by it. 

Pinneo's English Teacher ; a brief and valuable introductory 
to the art of Composition, being a thorough, complete, and practical 
treatise on the analysis and synthesis of sentences. A very important 
and valuable work : no Teacher should be without it. 

Lilienthal and AUyn's Object Lessons, or Things 
Taught ; a systematic course of instruction in Composition and Ob- 
ject Lessons. Prepared by order of the Cincinnati Public School Board, 
recommended by the Teachers, and adopted in the schools of Cincinnati. 
Approved by the Ohio State Teachers' Association, and commended by 
all who have examined it. 

McGufiey's New Juvenile Speaker; just the book for the 
boys. Designed to occupy a place not filled by any other similar work. 
It embraces choice and animating exercises in reading and speaking, 
adapted to young pupils. The selections are new, fresh, and racy. 

McGuffey's New Eclectic Speaker; comprising Three Hun- 
dred exercises for reading or declamation; may be used as a reader or 
speaker, the selections being adapted to the double purpose of declama- 
tion and reading. Highly approved wherever adopted. 

Kidd's Elocution ; a complete treatise .on Vocal Culture, Bead- 
ing, and Speaking. This work presents full directions and exercises 
for the cultivation of the voice, and the easy and thorough acquisition 
of the principles of Elocution. 

Smart's Manual of Free Gymnastics and Dumb-Bell 
Exercises; a concise, practical treatise on this very important 
branch of culture. Designed for class use in the school-room, and for 
the parlor. Gymnastic training is rapidly becoming a subject of class- 
room drill ; our best schools are introducing it ; and it is already con- 
ceded by our leading educators, that it should be made as indispensable 
in the daily routine of duties as other exercises of the school-room. It 
ha« been sought, in the preparation of the present work, to furnish a 
eheap Manual adapted to this purpose. 



VALUABLE SCHOOL BOOKS. 

The Young Singer, Parts I and II : Part I presents the 

Rudiments of Music in a concise and simple manner. Its Elementary- 
Exercises are sufficiently numerous and varied for ordinary purposes 
of instruction. The music has been selected with especial reference to 
the wants of the youngest class of learners, and its songs are admir- 
ably adapted to interest and please children. 

The Young Singer, Part II ; a more advanced work, designed 
as a complete Music Manual for Common, Grammar, and High Schools. 
The Music and Songs, both original and selected, have been arranged 
with the utmost care, and embrace a" great variety, including the 
sprightly and enlivening, the grave and solemn, the joyous and ani- 
mating. 

McGufifey's Primary School Charts; a Series of Six Num- 
bers: to accompany McGuffey's New Eclectic Readers, They combine 
both the Alphabetic and Word Methods of teaching children to read, 
and furnish material for thorough drills upon all the elementary sounds 
of the language, and upon the various difficult and unusual conso- 
nant combinations. 



j|@°* Single specimen copies of any of the above-named books 
sent by mail, postage prepaid, to teachers and school ofl&cers, 
for examination with a view to their introduction, dii half retail 
price of the same. 

Jl^" Any books of the Eclectic Series, embracing McGuf- 
fey's New Readers and Speller, Ray's Arithmetics and 
Algebras, and Pinneo's GtRAImmars, will be furnished, for 
first introduction, in place of other books not in satisfactory 
use, on most favorable terms. 

Teachers desiring to adopt this Series, but feeling unwilling 
to pay full prices for new books, and be obliged to throw away 
their old ones when only partially worn, can obtain supplies 
for first introduction, in exchange for the old hooks in use, at 
satisfactory rates, on informing us of the circumstances, (the 
number, name, and condition of the books in use) — generally 
for a difference of one-half the retail price of the new books. 

Address the publishers, 

SARGENT. WILSON & HINKLE, 

Cincinnati, 0. 



■ mSmS,!; CONGREsi" 



APPROVED SCHOO] 



on 740 031 6 



SPELLING— BEADING. 

McGUFFEY'S NEW PKIMARY SCHOOL CHARTS . 
McGUFFEY'S NEWLY REVISED ECLECTIC SPELLING BOOK 
McGUFFE^a»6 NEW FIRST ECLECTIC READER 
McGUFFEY'S NEW SECOND ECLECTIC READER 
McGUFFEY'S NEW THIRD ECLECTIC READER 
McGUFFEY'S NEW FOURTH ECLECTIC READER 
McGUFFEY'S NEW FIFTH ECLECTIC READER 
McGUFFEY'S NEW SIXTH ECLECTIC READER 
McGUFFEY'S NEW HIGH SCHOOL READER . 
McGUFFEY'S NEW JUVENILE SPEAKER. 
McGUFFEY'S NEW ECLECTIC SPEAKER .... 



6Nos. 
ir. Mo. 
IG Mo. 
16 Mo. 
16 Mo. 
12 Mo. 
12 Mo. 
12 Mo. 
12 Mo. 
12 Mo. 
12 Mo. 



AEITHMETIC— ALGEBRA. 

RAY'S ARITHMETIC, FIRST BOOK — (PRIMARY) . 

RAY'S ARITHMETIC, SECOND BOOK — (INTELLECTUAL) 

RAY'S ARITHMETIC, THIRD BOOK — (PRACTICAL) 

KEY TO RAY'S PRACTICAL ARITHMETIC 

RAY'S HIGHER ARITHMETIC — (FOURTH BOOK) 

KEY TO RAY'S HIGHER ARITIOIETIC . 

RAY'S TEST EXAMPLES — (WITH ANSWERS) 

RAY'S TEST EXAMPLES — (WITHOUT ANSWERS) 

RAY'S ALGEBRA, FIRST BOOK — (ELE3IENTARY) 

RAY'S ALGEBRA, SECOND BOOK — (HIGHER) 

KEY TO RAY'S ALGEBRAS, 1st & 2d BOOKS . 



16 Mo. 
16 Mo. 
16 Mo. 
16 Mo. 
12 Mo. 
12 Mo. 
16 Mo. 
16 Mo. 
12 Mo. 
12 Mo. 
12 Mo. 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



PINNEO'S PRIMARY GRAMMAR 
PINNEO'S ANALYTICAL GRAMMAR 
PINNEO'S ENGLISH TEACHER . 



10 Mo. 
12 Mo. 
12 Mo. 



MISCELLANEOUS. 

OBJECT LESSONS, BY LILIENTHAL AND ALLYN 

KIDD'S ELOCUTION AND VOCAL CULTURE 

CHAPMAN'S AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY 

De WOLF'S INSTRUCTIVE SPELLER 

EVANS' SCHOOL GEOMETRY 

HEMANS' YOUNG LADIES' READER 

THE YOUNG SINGER, PART I — (SCHOOL MUSIC) 

THE YOUNG SINGER, PART II — (SCHOOL MUSIC) 

THE LITTLE TEACHER, OR WORD METHOD 

WHITE'S CLASS BOOK OF GEOGRAPHY . 



16 Mo. 
12 Mo. 
16 Mo. 
12 Mo. 
12 Mo. 
12 Mo. 
16 Mo. 
16 Mo. 
16 Mo. 
16 Mo. 



SARGENT, WILSON & HINKLE, Cincinnati. 



